Home

Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide

image

Contents

1. Basic Properties e Recipient This shows the recipient associated with the tag If there are multiple recipients in the envelope you can use this list to select the recipient associated with the tag e Allow All to Edit Select this option to enable Field Markup for this tag When selected Require Initial becomes active and can be selected to require signers that have already completed signing to review and initial the changes to complete the envelope If this option is selected the Hide value as asterisks option cannot be used See Using the Field Markup Feature for more information about Field Markup e Label A unique identifier for the tag This is only seen by the sender and in the Form Data for the envelope Data field tags that share the same label and mask will share the same data when provided by the signer i e information entered into one tag is automatically copied into other tags with the same label e Tool Tip The text a recipient sees when they position their cursor over the tag when signing a document You can specify a tool tip for the tag to provide help for your recipient Data Data Field Tag e Initial Value This sets the initial information in the data continued field tag e Mask This sets the type of data entered in the field The default mask is text The mask types are Text Text fields accept any characters The length and height of the field is adjustable Email Email fields are singl
2. JE John Johnson Email locked W Name locked If you enter a recipient s name or email address and the lock name and email option is enabled for your account you can select the Email locked and Name locked checkboxes to prevent the intermediary recipient from changing the recipient s email or name If the name or email is left blank or if the email is not in a proper email format the intermediary recipient can always edit the information Note If the Email locked and Name locked checkboxes are not available contact your Account Manager or DocuSign Support Support docusign com to enable this option e Optionally select Authentication Options for the recipient Note An intermediary recipient has the option to edit a recipient s authentication access code Repeat this step to add any additional recipients 7 Add the Email Subject and Email messages select any Envelope Settings and add tags normally Note You cannot add tags for an intermediary recipient If the intermediary recipient needs to sign or fill out a tag they must be added as a separate normal recipient 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 8 Send the envelope The envelope is sent to any recipients that precede the intermediary recipient in the routing order and then to the intermediary recipient and any other recipients at the same r
3. asterisk for multiplication and forward slash for division It is important to note that when creating your formula the result for the Formula tag first calculates multiplication and division operations from left to right and then calculates addition and subtraction options from left to right Example The formula 6 4 2 gives a result of 14 while the formula 2 6 4 gives a result of 16 You can change the order of calculations by enclosing portions of the formula in parentheses The operations inside parentheses are calculated first and then the operations outside the parentheses are calculated Example The formula 2 6 4 gives a result of 20 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Note If a 0 zero is included in a multiplication operation the system shows 0 zero as the tag value If a0 zero is included in a division operation the system shows a Div 0 error as the tag value Rounding truncates the displayed result based on the Round to decimal places setting in the Formula tag This setting can be zero or two places after the decimal point The last number shown is adjusted based on the value of the number that would normally appear after the last number If that number is 5 to 9 then the last number is increased by 1 if that number is 0 to 4 then the last number is not changed Exa
4. 1 Find and select the envelope you want to view the details for using one of the methods described in Searching for Envelopes 2 Click the Summary tab in the detail panel Document Envelope Status Completed i a Envelope Subject Please DocuSign this document NonDisclosureAgreement pdf Pages 3 amp 1 Sent by Steve Anderson steve anderson_ds yahoo com 7 26 2012 4 56 41 PM PT 2 Signed by Kevin Smith kevinsmith_DS yahoo com 7 26 2012 5 18 22 PM PT 3 Signed by Elisabeth Bozick elisabeth bozick yahoo com 7 26 2012 5 22 20 PM PT This tab shows the envelope status at the top of the panel It also shows the detail of when the envelope was sent or created and provides a quick view of the envelope progress by showing the status of envelope recipients There are four categories of envelope status e In Process The envelope has been sent and is waiting for one or more recipients to complete their actions Note If a recipient fails an authentication check the Manage tab result panel shows the envelope status as Authentication Failed When the envelope is selected the Summary tab still shows the envelope status as In Process and a short description of the authentication failure Failed Access Code Failed ID Check or Failed Phone Authentication is shown adjacent to the recipient This information is also recorded in the envelope history If there is an undeliverable email notification for an envelope invit
5. 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Conducting an In Person Signing Session The In Person Signing feature lets you use DocuSign for electronic signatures even if the signer does not have access to email or a computer This procedure is used by the Signing Host and recipient to sign documents sent for In Person signing For more information about creating and sending an envelope for in person signing see Sending for In Person Signing When the signer is ready to sign the document follow the procedure below to complete an in person signing session Important The dialog boxes that provide additional instructions for signing hosts and signers can be enabled disabled and modified using the account branding signing resource file Contact your DocuSign Account Administrator for more information about the dialog boxes and resource file 1 Open the email and click Review Documents to start the signing process 2 The signing host overview dialog box is shown Review the information and click Continue Host an In Person Signing Steve Anderson GenWatt Inc You have been asked by Steve Anderson to be a signing host for the following documents As a signing host you will From Pass control of the mouse and keyboard or mobile device to Frank Ludwig Ask Frank Ludwig to enter required authentication inform
6. 5 Complete sending the envelope normally Note The Preview function does not allow for use of a screen reader to check the reading zones Creating a Template with Accessibility The process for creating a template with accessibility is similar to the normal procedure for creating a template The steps are shown in this procedure 1 Create a new template add the Template Summary information and documents 2 Add the Recipient Role information the Email Subject Email messages and select any Envelope Settings normally Click Next to add tags 3 Select your recipients and add tags normally When editing tag Properties the text entered in the Label field is what the screen reader application reads to describe the action needed for the tag It is important that the label text is descriptive so the recipient understands the needed action when tag Is read by the screen reader 4 After adding tags place the screen reader zones to the document Screen reader zones are blocks of text and tags that will be read together by the recipient s screen reader Note For the best signing experience DocuSign recommends that you create separate reading zones for text and DocuSign tags and that each reading zone only contains one DocuSign tag l Place your cursor crosshair where you want to start the reading zone and then click and drag the cursor to place a box around the text and tags for this reading zone In the Tagging Toolbar cl
7. IA signer has withdrawn their consentto do business with me online W An envelope that have sent has been viewed W An envelope has failed to be delivered to a recipient Save Done 2 Select or clear the checkboxes for the options when you want to receive an email 3 Click Save to save the changes 4 Click Done to return to the Preferences page Social ID Login The procedure explains how to map a social account ID to your DocuSign account This option is only available if your account manager allows you to use a Social ID login 1 Inthe navigation bar on the left side of the page under the Member Profile heading click Social ID Login 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Social ID Configuration Use another Social ID site to provide the credentials to log into your DocuSign account Pick one of the sites listed below and follow the steps that they provide to allow DocuSign to link to your Social ID account If you change your Social ID Provider settings such as User Name or Email Address you will need to re associate that account with your DocuSign membership E Enable Social ID Login for my DocuSign membership Pick a social provider to map to your DocuSign account _ Windows Live ID Google f Facebook in LinkedIn Salesforce Yahoo y Twitter Social Login by Janrain Save Cancel 2
8. Signer this will be blank Sign Date The date and time the recipient completed signing the envelope Signed on Mobile Shows if the signer used a mobile device during signing Shows if the signer used the sign on paper option Status Changed Date The date and time of the last status change for the envelope Terminal Status Date The date and time the envelope was completed voided or declined Time To Deliver The time from when the envelope was first sent until the recipient viewed the envelope User ID lf the recipient is also a DocuSign user this is the recipient s DocuSign user ID The date and time the recipient viewed the envelope e Envelope Status Report This report provides envelope totals sorted by status for the selected report parameters Each report row is for a different envelope status and shows the total envelope with that status the number of unique senders the total recipients the total signers the total documents and total pages 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide The available information columns for the Envelope Status Report are shown below Columns marked with an asterisk are default report settings Columns can be added or removed from the report by customizing the report Envelope Status Report Description Column The envelope status Each row in the report has a
9. They might be asked to provide a message for the person that sent the document telling them why you have declined to sign View History This option shows the sending and signing history for the documents View Certificate This option opens a new browser window with a PDF version of the certificate of completion which includes information about the events and the disclosure The PDF can be saved or printed View Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure This option shows the sender s Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Learn About DocuSign This link takes you to the DocuSign University page which has more information about using DocuSign and what features are available Help amp Support This link takes you to the DocuSign Support page More Options The More menu Is available in the previous signing experience and shows the options available to signers while signing documents The options are More View History This option shows envelope data and history View Certificate This option opens a new browser window with a PDF version of the certificate of completion which includes information about the envelope events and the disclosure The PDF can be saved or printed View Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure Wjew Electronic Record and Signature Disc
10. e Parent Tab Selects the Parent Tab for the Conditional Field e Parent Value Sets the value used to activate this field 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Drop Down Tag Use this tag to give your recipient a list of options they can select The following properties can be edited for this field Basic Properties e Recipient This shows the recipient associated with the tag If there are multiple recipients in the envelope you can use this list to select the recipient associated with the tag e Allow All to Edit Select this option to enable Field Markup for this tag When selected Require Initial becomes active and can be selected to require signers that have already completed signing to review and initial the changes to complete the envelope See Using the Field Markup Feature for more information about Field Markup e Label A unique identifier for the tag This is only seen by the sender and in the Form Data for the envelope Drop Down tags that share the same label are set to the same value when the recipient selects the value for one linked drop down Data e Drop Down items These are the items shown in the drop down list The items must be separated by semi colons This field is limited to 2000 characters including the semi colon separators For example if you want a recipient to
11. in the envelope See Using Anchor Text for more information on using the anchor feature Formatting Properties e Text Style These options are used to set the font type size and color for the text in this tag This allows you to match the text formatting in your documents Conditional Fields See Using Conditional Fields for more Information about conditional fields e Parent Tab Selects the Parent Tab for the Conditional Field e Parent Value Sets the value used to activate this field 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Company Tag Place this tag on the document where you want the recipient s company name to appear The following properties can be edited for this tag Basic Properties e Recipient This shows the recipient associated with the tag If there are multiple recipients in the envelope you can use this list to select the recipient associated with the tag e Label A unique identifier for the tag This is only seen by the sender and in the Form Data for the envelope e Tool Tip The text a recipient sees when they position their cursor over the tag when signing a document You can specify a tool tip for the tag to provide help for your recipient Location e From left and From top These fields show the position of the tag on the document and can be used to manually set the position e A
12. you cannot complete the sending process o Select phone numbers that the recipient can choose from for use during the authentication phone call The phone numbers listed here are associated with the Address Book entry for the recipient If the recipient does not have any phone numbers in the Address Book or is not in your Address Book no numbers are shown o You can also select New Number to add a phone number for the recipient Select the Country for the phone number type the phone number and if the number has an extension type the extension number o Additionally you can select Recipient may provide to allow the recipient to type their own phone number e ID Check The ID Check option asks the recipient to provide some initial personal information current address is required but there is other optional information the recipient can enter and then answer a set of questions before the recipient can view the envelope The questions are based on data available in public records such as where they have lived The ID Check is a knowledge based authentication provided by RSA This service is often used by many banks to validate the ID of recipients The ID Check option might not be useful for recipients outside the United States There is an additional fee for using this authentication check Note If you select ID Check for a recipient then the recipient name you supply is the one used for the ID check To enable the ID Check op
13. 4FC5 9406 92 AEBSB3 5 emplate ID 9F209 632E 4FC5 9406 92EE2AEB5B3B Share With Groups Members Template Name Select All E Description Administrators B Everyone O Sales E Password protected Documents for Signature Select and upload documents from your computer your template library or the Internet Browse from my Computer Create or alter the document order by dragging a document or entering a new order number r Apply a reusable template from your library to save time Choose an Online Document Recipients and Routing Recipient Role Enter the name and email address for your recipients Create or alter the routing order who signs first second etc by dragging a recipient or entering a new order Next Save Changes Discard Changes I Use Advanced Sending 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 2 Type the name for your template in the Template Name field Template Summary Temo k 299GF 96 _4F C5 _9406 7AEBSB3 i Template ID 2339F 209 632E 4FC5 406 J2EE2AEBS5B3B Share With Groups Members Template Name Select All Description Administrators Cl Everyone L Sales E Password protected Optionally type a description of the template in the Description field Optionally you can also set password security so that only users that know the password can use the template Select the Password protected c
14. Allow All to Edit option cannot be used e This is a Payment Amount This option designates this tag as a payment tag See Using the Payment Processing Feature for more information e Regex Pattern This option is only available if the Mask type is Text A Regular Expression Regex pattern is used to set the pattern or literal string that a signer must enter when completing the Data Field tag If the signer does not enter the correct information the entry in the Validation Error field is shown to the signer DocuSign uses the NET implementation of regular expressions For more information using and building regular expressions refer to the MSDN NET Framework Regular Expressions documentation DocuSign recommends testing your regex pattern against a NET parser before saving the tag properties There are a number of free online tools such as http regexstorm nei tester available for testing NET regex patterns Data Field Tag continued Example The Regex pattern A 2 d_ d w w 7 20 restricts text entered to 8 to 20 alphanumeric characters and select special characters Also the text cannot start with a digit underscore or special character and must have at least one digit e Validation Error This option is only available if the Mask type is Text This is the message that appears when the information entered by the signer does not match the Regex Pattern Location e From left and From top
15. CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Sending an Agent Managed Envelope The process for adding a reviewer to a workflow is similar to the standard procedure for sending documents for electronic signatures The additional steps are shown in this procedure 1 Create a new envelope and add documents to the envelope normally 2 Add any known recipients normally when you are ready to add a reviewer e Type the email address and name for the reviewer and click Add Signer or Add CC e Inthe Action list select Manage envelope or Address recipients A Manage envelope recipient type must have a DocuSign account This recipient can add name and email information add or change the routing order and set authentication options for the remaining recipients Additionally the recipient can edit DocuSign tags for the remaining recipients The reviewer must fill out the missing information for the remaining recipients before sending the envelope IMPORTANT A recipient with a Manage envelope Action has the same management and access rights for the envelope as the sender and can make changes to the envelope as if they were using the Advanced Correct feature This recipient Action should be used with care An Address recipients recipient type does not require a DocuSign account so anyone can be assigned this Action This recipient can add name and email information for recipients
16. Editing Scheduled Report Information scheduled Reports have a clock icon adjacent to the Schedule link If there is a problem with the running a scheduled report the clock icon changes to a warning icon You can view information about a scheduled report and the report history by clicking the Schedule link adjacent to the report name The right side of the Schedule a Report page shows the history of the scheduled report including when the report ran where the report was sent a list of email addresses and if there were errors when running the report The history section shows information from the previous 10 scheduled reports or previous 2 years whichever is less You can download the CSV file of a previous report by clicking on the report date link in the History section You can edit the report schedule by following the same steps as scheduling a report and clicking Update to save the changes Important If you update a scheduled report all the History information for the previous schedule is removed from the report and can no longer be accessed 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide You can remove a scheduled report by clicking Deactivate Schedule at the bottom of the Schedule a Report page Viewing Report Information When the report is complete it is shown on the page lt lt Back to Reports Report En
17. Holden St E 26228 33rd Ave S E 3057 Pawtucket Rd E 4824 192nd Dr NE The recipient answers and submits the questions If the ID check is successfully completed the recipient is taken through the normal signing process 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide LivelD or Any Social ID Authentication If the LivelD or Any Social ID authentication option was selected for a recipient the recipient is presented with a security request page explaining the security check The recipient clicks Continue and must enter their LivelD or other social ID information to access the documents for signing security Requests from Sender My Steve Anderson fee CenWatt Inc The sender requests that you verify your identity with any Social ID provider From To proceed with validating your identity please click on the continue button and follow the instructions in the popup box If you do not have a Social ID provider membership you will be able to sign up for one by clicking continue You will need to enable popup windows for your browser Continue Cancel Hosting an Electronic Notary Signing Session To conduct an electronic notary signing session the authorized electronic Notary and Signer must be in the same location and for this release in the State of North Carolina When the signer is ready to sign the d
18. Manager or DocuSign Support support docusign com for assistance 3 Complete sending your envelope normally When your recipient opens the envelope the note with instructions on how to provide the specified attachment is shown See the Signer Attachments section for information about what your recipient sees and the actions they can take 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Allowing your Recipients to Sign On Paper Rather than signing documents electronically some recipients prefer to sign using pen on paper Using DocuSign you can allow those recipients to sign on paper and then provide the document by fax or upload it as an attachment to the DocuSign envelope during the signing process The Sign on Paper feature allows signers to sign documents on paper while still allowing you to take advantage of DocuSign s ability to store and manage documents electronically The process for enabling a recipient to sign on paper is similar to the standard procedure for sending documents for electronic signatures The additional steps are shown in this procedure 1 Create a new envelope Add documents recipients Email Subject and Email messages normally 2 Inthe Envelope Settings section select Allow recipient s to sign on paper This allows the recipient to use the sign on paper option Envelope Settings Re
19. Notary Email and Notary Name information If you have notaries in your DocuSign Address Book you can click the address book icon select an electronic notary from the list only contacts that have added electronic notary credentials are shown and click Add Important The Notary Email and Notary Name must exactly match the information in the North Carolina state database Alternately you can search the North Carolina state database for an electronic notary by clicking Find a Notary to open the North Carolina state database in a new browser window Follow the instructions on the database page to find an electronic notary 4 Add the Email Subject and Email messages select any Envelope Settings and add tags normally Important The Sign On Paper Document Markup Field Markup and Change Signer options cannot be used with the electronic notary feature 5 Send the envelope An email notification is sent to the Signer informing them of the request to sign with a notary and to the Notary with a request to contact the Signer The Signer can review the documents but cannot initiate the signing process The Notary can initiate the signing process when the Signer is available See the Hosting an Electronic Notary Signing Session section for more information about what the electronic Notary and Signer see and the actions they can take Electronic Notary Certificate of Completion Information When the electronic notary feature is used information a
20. On the Social ID Configuration page e Select Enable Social ID Login for my DocuSign membership e Click on the social provider you want to use to log on to DocuSign with e Anew browser window opens for the social provider Enter your credentials and save the information to close the browser window e Click Save to save your log in information Time Zones The procedure explains how to view and update your default time zone used when signing envelopes and set the date time format used in your web application This option is only available if your account manager allows you to set a unique time zone 1 Inthe navigation bar on the left side of the page under the Member Profile heading click Time Zone The Time zone and date format configuration page appears Time zone and date format configuration Dave Dollar Set or change your default time zone display for signing envelopes Also set or change your default date time format when viewing the member console The time zone functionality is only available for the current user interface My local time zone UTC 08 00 Pacific Time US amp Canada Format my local date and time as Ti2F2012 3 42 PM PT Cancel 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 2 Select the formats you want to use Each option is discussed below My local time zone This option sel
21. See Using Anchor Text for more information on using the anchor feature Formatting Properties e Text Style These options are used to set the font type size and color for the text in this tag This allows you to match the text formatting in your documents Conditional Fields See Using Conditional Fields for more Information about conditional fields e Parent Tab Selects the Parent Tab for the Conditional Field e Parent Value Sets the value used to activate this field 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide First Name Tag Place this tag on the document where you want the recipient s first name to appear This tag takes the recipient s name as entered in the recipient information splits it into parts based on spaces and uses the first part as the first name The following properties can be edited for this tag Basic Properties e Recipient This shows the recipient associated with the tag If there are multiple recipients in the envelope you can use this list to select the recipient associated with the tag e Label A unique identifier for the tag This is only seen by the sender and in the Form Data for the envelope Location e From left and From top These fields show the position of the First Name 2 tag on the document and can be used to manually set the position e Anchor Anchors the tag
22. Templates View All Envelopes Signing Example Docu Sign experience pdf When you initially click the Dashboards tab all the visual reports are shown in the Results Panel You can scroll through the reports and select items directly from the reports The information displayed in the reports is filtered by the Current Filter date which is set to the last 180 days by default See Changing the Current Filter for information on changing the date range for the filter There are several pre formatted report filters available in the Dashboards tab These report filters provide quick access to commonly requested envelope information Each of the report filters are described below e Overview This option shows all the visual reports and reporting options e Out for Signature This option shows a list of envelopes that have been sent but not signed in the Results Panel with a bar chart aging report showing the number of days since an envelope was sent for signature in the Detail Panel Optionally you can show the aging report for envelopes awaiting your signature e Completed Envelopes This option shows a list of envelopes that are completed in the Results Panel and a bar chart Time To Complete report showing the number of days between sending an envelope and completing the envelope in the Detail Panel e Envelopes Status This option shows a list of envelopes that have been sent in the Results Panel and a pie chart showing the status o
23. There may be times when you need to be able to negotiate different aspects of your documents during the online signing process For example sender and signer may want to negotiate the wording of clauses in the document Using the DocuSign Document Markup feature recipients can make changes and additions to a document through DocuSign while managing approval initials from all signers for the changes and maintaining a secure audit trail of the changes The markup tool is used to white out cover up document text or to cover up text and add new text over the old text or just to add new text in a blank region of the document Changes made by one 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 98 recipient must be reviewed and approved by all recipients Recipients that signed a document before the changes were made are given a new opportunity to review and approve the changes before any document is finalized Note The Document Markup feature is only supported in DocuSign Business Business Premium Enterprise System Automated SA DocuSign for REALTORS and DocuSign for Real Estate plans Your account may not support this option To access this functionality contact your Account Manager or DocuSign Support Support docusign com for assistance Enabling the Document Markup Feature The process for sending an envelope with
24. These fields show the position of the tag on the document and can be used to manually set the position e Anchor Anchors the tag to the specified word s in the envelope See Using Anchor Text for more information on 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 60 using the anchor feature Formatting Properties e Characters per line and Lines This sets the maximum number of characters for the tag You can also adjust the length of the tag by clicking and dragging the arrow icon to the right of the tag e Fixed Width Select this option to prevent the Data Field tag from getting any larger on a document even if the font type or size changes This option can prevent a tag from covering up text on a document if the font type or size is changed e Maximum number of characters This sets the maximum number of characters a signer can enter in the tag Data Field Tag e Text Style These options are used to set the font type continued size and color for the text in this tag This allows you to match the text formatting in your documents e Required You can choose to make the tag required or optional for the recipient The default is required e Locked If you provide information for a tag you can choose to lock the tag so that the information cannot be changed or make it editable by the recipient The default
25. a DocuSign Professional desktop client file See the following section for more information about the columns that are not supported in the Bulk Recipient feature DocuSign Professional Desktop Client Bulk Recipient Files In some cases Bulk Recipient files used with the DocuSign Pro desktop client can be used with the DocuSign web application The DocuSign Pro fields that are NOT supported in the web application are EnvelopeField EnvelooeNumber Subject Message RecipientNumber and IDCheck lf one or more of these columns is in the uploaded file the error message Column is not a supported column is displayed If you are cutting and pasting from a DocuSign Pro bulk recipient file verify that no extra spaces are included in the pasted result This can cause errors in the new file 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Using Document Visibility There might be times when you need to send an envelope to several recipients but you only want each recipient to see the documents they must sign not all the documents in the envelope This can be accomplished using the DocuSign Document Visibility feature Document Visibility controls document access by limiting who can view documents in an envelope When Document Visibility is enabled documents with DocuSign tags can only be viewed by signers that have a tag on tha
26. a number in parenthesis added to the template name Using Templates The process for using a template to create and send an envelope is similar to the normal process for creating and sending a new envelope IMPORTANT When creating a template you need to be aware of the Data Population Scope setting for your account If the account setting is Envelope DocuSign tags with the same Label will populate with the same data when a recipient enters or modifies information in the tag for all documents in the template If the account setting is Document only DocuSign tags with the same Label and in the same document will populate with the same data when a recipient enters or modities information in the tag 1 Click the Send navigation tab The Prepare Envelope page is displayed Dashboards Alternately you can click the Create button or click the Actions button and select New Envelope If you are on the Home tab you can click Start a New Envelope 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Note You can save an envelope as a draft by clicking Save Draft at the bottom of the page The saved envelope is placed in the Draft folder You can exit the page without saving the envelope by clicking Discard Changes at the bottom of the page In the Documents for Signature section you can add documents from your computer or
27. activate the Markup tool More View History View Certificate View Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure Change Signer Decline Sign on Paper Mark Up Finish Later The Request Document Changes dialog box appears Request Document Changes You can use the Markup tool to make your changes You have two options 1 Drag and size the Markup box over the area you want to white out 2 Optionally enter text into the Markup box If you continue any signers who have already completed the document will be notified that you made some edits and will have to review and initial your changes to complete this envelope E Check here to skip this in the future Done Continue Review the information in the dialog box Optionally you can select to skip this dialog box in the future Click Continue to enable the markup the Markup tool appears under the button on the upper right side of the document page Markup tool __ Markup 2 To cover a section of text white out or add change a section of text e Click on the Markup tool drag a markup box onto the document and drop it on the text you want to cover or change 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 100 Subject Please DocuSign this document NonDisclosureAgreement pdf 4 Time Periods The nondisclosure provisions of this Agreement shall survi
28. added before the recipients that the sender does not have information for The following figure shows an example of a simple agent managed envelope workflow The Sender Creates envelope e Adds recipients e Add Reviewer e Adds roles sends Sender Signer 1 Signer 2 The Reviewer Reviews and adjusts envelope Adds recipient information Sends m Reviewer Signer 3 Signer 4 Just as the sender does not know the contact information for all the recipients the reviewer does not see contact information for recipients that are ahead of the reviewer in the workflow For example in the figure above the Sender does not have the contact information for Signer 3 and 4 so he creates 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide an envelope adds the recipients he knows Signer 1 and 2 adds the Reviewer adds the roles for Signer 3 and 4 and then sends the envelope After Signer 1 and 2 sign the document it is sent to the Reviewer The Reviewer adds the contact information for Signer 3 and 4 after receiving the envelope but does not see the contact information for Signer 1 and 2 Agent managed envelopes allow agents or brokers from both sides of a transaction to manage the signing process through DocuSign to easily support brokered or channel transactions Some examples of where agent managed envelopes could be used a
29. added to the template and a thumbnail image of the document is added to the section e To upload an external document click Choose an Online Document the Add a Document dialog box is displayed Select the location of the online document you want to upload on the left side of the dialog box Select the document and then click Add The document is added to the template and a thumbnail image of the document is added to the section Add a Document w Add an online document 6 Box All Files and Folders E i NDA 2 pdf p Dropbox E N NDA docx p gt Evernote T Google Drive E i Two PartyDoc pdf E w General_Agreement_1 docx gt i Salesforce gt af OneDrive gt ShareFile Add Cancel Note If you want to select a document from an external source such as Box or Google Drive you might need to log on to the external document source Repeat Step 1 to add another document to the template You can make changes to the documents you ve uploaded as described below e You can view a PDF version of the document by clicking on the document image e You can change the name of the uploaded document by clicking in the document name field and typing a new name e Click Other Actions to replace the document e If you have multiple documents in the template you can move a document up or down in the order of appearance click on the grip icon associated with the document and drag the document to the new location e
30. and click Done You are returned to the Prepare Envelope page and English US en a separate Email Subject Email Message and Note fields are provided for each recipient Steve Anderson English US en e For each recipient type an Email Subject for the envelope Optionally type an Email Message and Done Cancel Note for the recipient 5 After the Email Message information is added you can optionally go to the Envelope Settings section If you are not changing any Envelope Settings click Next to begin tagging the documents Adding Envelope Settings The Envelope Settings section lets you set branding recipient options reminders and expirations and sender settings Note The options available in the Envelope Settings depend on your account type and settings The following section describes the different options in the Envelope Settings section Envelope Settings Branding Select a brand for your recipients GenWatt A Recipient Information W Allow recipientis to sign on paper E Allow recipientis to edit the document s W Allow recipient s to change signing responsibility EC Turn on auto navigation E Must be a signer to view signed documents Reminders and Expirations Envelope will expire on Tuesday May 26 2013 Signer will not be sent any reminders Reminders Enabled send a reminder email to the signerin 0 day s After the first reminder send a reminder every 0 day s E
31. are provided for each recipient e For each recipient type an Email Subject for the envelope Optionally type an Email Message and Note for the recipient 4 After the Email Subject is added you can optionally go to the Envelope Settings section lf you are not changing any Envelope Settings you can e Click Continue to review or add tags in the documents e Click Send Now to send the envelope Envelope Settings The Envelope Settings section lets you set branding options recipient options reminders and expirations and sender settings Note If the person that created the template locked the template brand when creating the template the brand cannot be changed When you are done changing any Envelope Settings you can e Click Continue to review or add tags in the documents e Click Send Now to send the envelope 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Reviewing Tag Placement The tags are usually placed by the template creator but you can modify these and add new tags if needed 1 To assign a signature initial or other tag to a recipient click on the recipient s name on the left side of the page and the Tag Palette is shown below the recipient s name Click and drag a tag from the palette and drop it on the document For more information about tags and how to change tag properties refer to the Docu
32. as if they were using the Advanced Correct feature This recipient can add name and email information add or change the routing order and set authentication options for the remaining recipients Additionally this recipient can edit tags for the remaining recipients The reviewer must fill out the missing information for the remaining recipients before sending the envelope e Address recipients A recipient with the Address recipients Action does not require a DocuSign account so anyone can be assigned to this Action This recipient can add name and email information for recipients that appear after the recipient in workflow order The reviewer must fill out the missing information for the remaining recipients before sending the envelope Note The Address recipients Action is not available if document visibility is enabled Contact your Account Manager or DocuSign Support Support docusign com for more information about this setting After adding a reviewer recipient a recipient with Manage envelope or Address recipients Action the sender can add recipients without adding the name and email information for those recipients If the sender leaves a recipient s name or email blank the sender must specify a role name for that recipient If the lock name and email option is enabled for your account you can lock a recipient s name and email address to prevent the agent recipient from changing them 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco
33. authentication type for a single recipient 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide e Access Code The Access Code option requires your recipient to enter an access code before they can view the envelope Identify Email Email mil o E IdentityCheck To enable access code security option select the Access Code check box and type the access code into the field The access code can include upper case or lower case letters numbers and special characters You must provide this access code to your recipient It is recommended that you provide the code over the phone or using some other secure method There is no additional fee for using this authentication check The maximum length of an Access Code is 50 characters Note There might be requirements for the access code if your account has enabled the Access Code Format option Check with your administrator to determine if there are any access code requirements for your account e SMS Authentication The SMS Authentication option asks the recipient to select a mobile phone number that a one time passcode text message can be sent to for authentication DocuSign sends the passcode to the phone number and the recipient must enter the passcode to open the envelope ldentify Email ID Email W SMS Auth OMS Authentication I Home 111 222 3333 E Home
34. com no Kevin Smith Kevinsmith_DS yahoo com no Laura Rankin laurarankin hotmail com no Steve Anderson steve anderson_ds yahoo com en Vaf t Inc no Add Cancel Adding recipients for a template If you are sending an envelope from a template there are placeholders for the recipients already added to the envelope Replace the placeholder recipient Email and Name information with the Email and Name of your recipient sending to Yourself You can add yourself as a recipient by clicking the Add Me link Your information is added to the recipient list with a Sign Action Adjust your Action and other settings as needed Recipient Actions After adding a recipient you can select the Action for the recipient This sets the actions a recipient can perform When you add a recipient by clicking Add Signer the recipient Action is set to Sign When you add a recipient by clicking Add CC the recipient action is set to Receive a copy An envelope must have at least one Signer or Acknowledge receipt recipient The different recipient actions are described below e Sign Use this action if your recipient must sign initial date or add data to form fields on the documents in the envelope e Sign in person Use this action if the signer is in the same physical location as a DocuSign user who will act as a Signing Host for the transaction The recipient added is the Signing 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 21
35. dialog box appears The Notary selects the appropriate certificate from the drop down list and then clicks Add Notarial Certificate Add Notarial Certificate Certificate of Verifications Non Subscribing Witness Certificate of Verifications Affidavit Notarial Certificate For Oath Certificate of Acknowledgement The certificate is added as a new page after all the other pages in the envelope and is ready to be filled out The Notary clicks on the new page in the document map on the right side of the window to go to the certificate and can add tags from the palette as needed Working with tags e o reposition a tag click on the tag to select it and then drag it to a new location e To resize a tag click on it to select it and then drag a gray dot to change the size e To remove a tag from the document click on the delete icon on the tag 10 After the Notary has placed all the tags on the documents they click Finish 11 DocuSign asks the Notary to confirm they are finished signing They click Yes to complete signing or No to continue adding tags to the documents Are you finished signing your document Mo The electronic notary signing session is complete Emails are sent to the Signer and Sender and information about the signing session is added to the Notary s Notary Journal Note The Notary does not get a copy of the completed documents and cannot view the documents through their DocuSign account
36. document Example 1 New Information Conditional Field The Enterprise Wide License Agreement drop down list is associated with an information conditional field and initial tag When the recipient selects an option from the drop down list Recipient selects an option from the list Please select the type of Upgrades you wish to add to your Account Service Type Enterprise Wide License Agreement Select Duration Requested select 7 Additional Seat Purchases select 1 Year Select the number of new seats Enhanced Support Purchases Please provide contact 2 Years MAAAAAAA The information conditional field and initial tag appear In this example the conditional field is a locked Data Field tag pre filled by the sender and used to display information to the recipient ee a Please select the type of Upgrades you wish to add to your Account a P __ Service Type Select p Price OntioWs u J Enterprise Wide License Agreement Select Duration Requested fess 500 000 ps i Additional Seat Purchases as a Select the number of new seats M Enhanced Support Purchases i Please provide contact a The recipient completes filling out the remaining tags and signing the document 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Example 2 New Conditi
37. eases aaa EEEE EE EEEE EA E eee 95 Sending an Envelope with an Intermediary R CIDICNL 1ccccsccccsesecsesessneeensesessnsesaneessaenenan 95 What an Intermediary Recipient Sees cccccecccsecccsneeccseeceseeeseseeeesueesaeeessneeesseessneeesseeesseneeas 97 Using the Document Markup Feature cccccecccseccceeeceececeecceeceeeeceuseseeeseusesueeeeeeseeessueesseesaas 97 Enabling the Document Markup Feature cccccccscecssecceeccseessueessuessusessuessusesseessesesauesseessnees 98 Using the Markup Tool in a Document ccccscccsecccseecsueecauecsaeesseeessueesueesauesseesseesseesauesaenesaes 98 Reviewing a Document with Document Markup Changes 1 csscccseeccseccseeeseessnseeseesseesaeeees 100 Usno the Field Marku up FealUl G esscnorssgssssi iaeia ne ee ee en ee ae 101 ENDING FIOO MAIKOP oereireii eniT EAEE E TEETE ENE T EEEE 101 Using Field Markup in a Document 1cccsccccseccseecsueessueeceuessueessueesaessanessueesseessaeessusesanessnetan 102 Reviewing a Document with Field Markup CHAangdes 11cccseccseeccneecsnsecaueesseessesesneessusseneeeas 103 Using Conditional Fields gs sicciasicadedncidssnninstade iemnensinsinsidewnnsl Shendeeinsiaaicectedeuieidadedadaciesind eaiesieadatendatueuinddotinndleanss 103 FOW VV OIG ee specs ees E senses a sae cee Se eee 104 Adding Conditional Fields to a DOCUMENLL cccccsecccseeccceecseseesaeeeesueesseeeesseeessueessaeessaeeesanes 104 221 Main Street Suite 10
38. electronic notary information to their DocuSign account how to edit their notary information and how to use the Notary Journal Electronic Notary Requirements and Limitations The following requirements and limitations apply to adding your credentials to your DocuSign account and acting as a notary e For this release electronic Notaries cannot complete registration in their DocuSign account unless they are a commissioned and active Electronic Notary in the State of North Carolina Please see http www secretary state nc us enotary for more details e You must have a DocuSign account This can be any type of account even a free Personal plan e You cannot use a pre generated signature for your member profile You must draw or upload your signature to your account e lf a credible witness is used during a signing session the browser used for signing must be HTML5 compatible e You will not receive a copy of the completed notarized documents and cannot open completed documents from the Classic DocuSign Experience Information about the signing session is automatically added to your Notary Journal Adding Electronic Notary Credentials to Your Account To add your electronic notary credentials to your member profile Note To use your notary credentials you must use a drawn or uploaded signature in your Identity 1 From the Classic DocuSign Experience click your profile image in the upper right and select Preferences 2 Under
39. envelope The intermediary recipient can also void the envelope An intermediary can access and make changes to recipient information for recipients that have not signed the envelope at any time up until the envelope is completed An intermediary is not required to have a DocuSign account so anyone can be assigned to this action When a sender creates an envelope they add the intermediary recipient as one of the recipients and sets the recipient Action to Manage recipients Important The Manage recipients Action is not available if document visibility is enabled Contact your Account Manager or DocuSign Support Support docusign com for more information about this setting After adding the intermediary recipient the sender can add other recipients with or without adding the name and email information for those recipients If the sender leaves a recipient s name or email blank the sender must specify a role name for that recipient If the lock name and email option is enabled for the account the sender can lock a recipient s name and email address to prevent the intermediary recipient from changing them Sending an Envelope with an Intermediary Recipient The process for adding an intermediary is similar to the standard procedure for sending documents for electronic signatures The additional steps are shown in this procedure 1 Create a new envelope and add documents to the envelope normally 2 Add any recipients normally when you
40. envelope The subject is limited to 100 characters Optionally tyoe an Email Message for all recipients The message is limited to 2000 characters Optionally add a note for a recipient e Select the recipient for the message from the Add a Note to list and click Add The Custom note dialog box appears e Type the message for the recipient The message is limited to 1000 characters e Repeat this step to add a message for a different recipient Optionally you can select the email language used for a recipient This option sets the language used in the standard email format and initial signing view for the recipient but it does not translate the Email Subject Email Message text or note text You must type the subject message or note in the correct language Note This option might not be enabled for your account If you have questions about the options available for your account contact your Account Manager or DocuSign Support Support docusign com for assistance e Click Customize email and signing language for each recipient the Customize Email Language dialog box appears Customize Email Language set the email and signing language for each recipient Signer 1 English US fen Signer 2 English US fen Done Cancel 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 193 e Select the language for each recipie
41. explains how to view and update the email notifications you receive from DocuSign 1 Inthe navigation bar on the left side of the page under the Member Profile heading click Manage Email Notifications The notification management page appears 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Manage your email notifications Email notifications alert the user to an envelope action or information regarding an envelo To control when you receive email notifications toggle the settings below Notify me when lam a Signer W Select All Ml 1 have an envelope to sign W An envelope that have signed is complete IM have been designated to receive a copy of an envelope W I have been asked to Acknowledge receipt of an envelope W A fellow recipient has declined to sign an envelope E An envelope has been voided by the sender An envelope has been corrected by the sender MIA signer has reassigned their envelope to me W Documents inside an envelope will be purged from the system W Your fax has been received W Another signer has made changes that need my approval Ml represent signers and need to provide contact information lama Sender W Select All E An envelope that have sentis complete W An envelope that have sent has been assigned to a different signer WIA Signer has declined to sign an envelope that have sent
42. f f2 2014 2 39 51 PM PT ID Sded5 74 7 cOc8 48dd 84de d7e5d4 orc Company Name GenWatt Inc The Signer Certificate Applied entry shows the issuer for the digital certificate The Signer Certificate Type entry provides information about the type of digital certificate that was applied The Signer Certificate Reason entry is the signer selected reason The Signer Certificate Location entry is the signer entered information for their location e Opening the document with a PDF reader and clicking on icon adjacent to a signature with digital certificates to see more information about the signature properties The information is shown for each signer but the validity of signer signatures might appear as unknown unless you have trusted the certificate The DocuSign signature which is the last item in the list is always valid 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide ti x I Signature validity is UNKNOWN Bob Stack lt bstack mailnesia com gt Il approve this document Signing Time 2014 07 02 14 46 03 07 00 Not available Validity Summary ee The Document has not been modified since this signature was applied Signature was created using ARX CoSign Signature was validated as of the signing time 2014 07 02 14 46 03 07 00 Validate Signature Additionally you can inspect the digital signature i
43. for sending documents for signing The general steps in this process are e Start a new envelope e Add documents e Add recipients e Add your subject and message for the envelope e Place tags for signatures and other information in the document e Preview and send the envelope Each of these steps is described in the following sections DocuSign also offers advanced sending options such as allowing recipients to sign on paper provide documents as file attachments or by fax and conditional fields The advanced features available to you vary based on your DocuSign plan See the Advanced Sending Options section of this guide for more information about these options For more information about how recipients see and sign documents see the Signing Documents with DocuSign section Guided Signing and Free Form Signing DocuSign has two basic ways to have recipients add signatures initials or other information to a document Guided Signing and Free Form Signing With Guided Signing the sender places tags for signatures initials and other information in documents manually or by applying a template These tags serve as guideposts to help recipients know where to sign initial or provide other information in the document When recipients open documents sent for guided signing DocuSign walks the recipient through an orientation and the signing process to complete the signing Guided signing is the standard way envelopes are sent and the procedure f
44. for the recipient for the report period Phone Attempts The total number Phone Authentication attempts made by the recipient for the report period This total includes both Phone Authentication and SMS Authentication attempts Phone Failures The total number Phone Authentication failures for the recipient for the report period This total includes both Phone Authentication and SMS Authentication failures Usage Reports Note User Group and Account Wide Activity Reports and the Account Authentication Report are only available to administrators e User Activity Report This report provides activity information for account users for the selected report parameters Each report row is for a different account user and shows the number of envelopes sent completed the number of templates created and the last envelope activity for each user The available information columns for the User Activity Report are shown below Columns marked with an asterisk are default report settings Columns can be added or removed from the report by customizing the report User Activity Report Column Description Name The user s name Email The user s email address Envelopes Sent The total number of envelopes sent by this user during the report period Envelopes Completed The total number of envelopes sent by this user that were completed during the report period Templates Created The total number of templates created by
45. in the field and if the information does not follow the format displays the message entered in the Validation Error field For more information on how to build a regular expression we recommend the following resources Regular Expressions into http www regular expressions into Wikipedia http en wikipedia org wiki Regular_expression RegExLib com http regexlib com lf the Validation Error field is active type a short message that appears when a recipient incorrectly completes the tag based on the format of the Regex Pattern field Using the Anchor field you can anchor the custom tag to a word or series of words in a document Type a word or words in the Anchor field The tag is attached to all occurrences of the words in the documents in an envelope Note that the word s typed in the Anchor field are case sensitive See Using Anchor Text for information about anchoring a tag For example you want to anchor a custom tag to the words home address in your document type Home Address in the Anchor field A scan is run on the text in the document If the scan finds the text Home Address anywhere in the document it automatically places the custom tag next to the text Required option You can choose to make the tag required or optional for the recipient The default is required Locked option If you provide information for a tag you can choose to lock the tag so that the information cannot be changed or make
46. initials in the document If this supporting documentation is the first signature or initial tag signers are asked to Adopt your Signature See Adopting your Signature below for more information See Signer Attachments below for information about submitting the documents After adding information to all After adding information to a the required tags signers can tag the signer can click Next review the document After to go to the next tag or in they are done reviewing the some cases Next Page to go document they click Confirm Next to the next page in the Signing to complete signing envelope the process As the arrow leads the signer through the document they use the following guidelines for filling out information e To select an option button or checkbox the signer clicks on the appropriate option button or checkbox Note that the signer can only select one option button in a group e To select an option from a dropdown list the signer clicks on the list and selects the appropriate option e To add other information in a boxed field the signer types the requested information into the field and clicks Next or presses the Tab key to continue e To sign or initial a tag the signer clicks the Sign Here or Initial tag Adopting your signature The first time a signer clicks a Sign Here or Initial tag they are asked to adopt a signature and initials 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105
47. is editable not locked Conditional Fields See Using Conditional Fields for more Information about conditional fields e Parent Tab Selects the Parent Tab for the Conditional Field e Parent Value Sets the value used to activate this field 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Check Box Tag Place this tag on the document in a location where the recipient can select an option See Using Check Boxes and Radio Buttons for more information about when and how to use radio buttons The following properties can be edited for this tag Basic Properties e Recipient This shows the recipient associated with the tag If there are multiple recipients in the envelope you can use this list to select the recipient associated with the tag e Allow All to Edit Select this option to enable Field Markup for this tag When selected Require Initial becomes active and can be selected to require signers that have already completed signing to review and initial the changes to complete the envelope See Using the Field Markup Feature for more information about Field Markup e Label A unique identifier for the tag This is only seen by the sender and in the Form Data for the envelope Check Box tags that share the same label will share the same data when provided by the signer i e a check box that is checked will be automatical
48. language for each recipient Add a Note to Kevin Smith Add 1 Type an Email Subject for the envelope The subject is limited to 100 characters Optionally type an Email Message for all recipients The message is limited to 2000 characters Optionally add a note for a recipient e Select the recipient for the message from the Add a Note to list and click Add The Custom note dialog box appears e Type the message for the recipient The message is limited to 1000 characters e Repeat this step to add a message for a different recipient 4 Optionally you can select the email language used for a recipient This option sets the language used in the standard email format and initial signing view for the recipient but it does not translate the Email Subject Email Message text or note text You must type the subject message or note in the correct language Note This option might not be enabled for your account If you have questions about the options available for your account contact your Account Manager or DocuSign Support Support docusign com for assistance 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide e Click Customize email and signing language for each recipient the Customize Email Language dialog box appears Set the email and signing language for each recipient e Select the language for each recipient
49. provide suggestions to auto fill the fields based on entries in your Address Book Click Add Signer to add the recipient to the list with a Sign recipient Action or click Add CC to add the recipient to the list with a Receive a copy recipient Action Sending to recipients with the same Email address You can send an envelope to people that share an email address by adding the first person normally Then add the second person by typing the same email address in the Email field typing the second person s name in the Name field and then clicking Add Signer The system adds the second recipient to the list Sending a Bulk Recipient file If your account is enabled to send bulk recipient files you can upload a file with multiple recipients See Using the Bulk Recipient Feature for more information Adding recipients from your DocuSign Address Book You can add recipients from your DocuSign Address book by clicking the address book icon the Address Book dialog box appears Select if you are looking in your Personal Contacts or Shared Contacts address book then select the recipients you want to send the envelope to and click Add All the selected names are added with a Sign recipient Action Adding recipients for a template If you are sending an envelope from a template there are placeholders for the recipients already added to the envelope Replace the placeholder recipient Email and Name information with the Email and Name of your recipi
50. recipient list The recipient receives a copy of the envelope when the envelope reaches the recipient s order in the process flow and when the envelope is completed e Address recipients This recipient can add name and email information for recipients that appear after the recipient in workflow order This recipient type is only available if the Send to Manage feature is enabled for the sender and document visibility is not enabled See Agent Managed Envelopes for more information about this recipient action e Manage envelope This recipient has the same management and access rights for the envelope as the sender and can make changes to the envelope as if they were using the Advanced Correct feature This recipient can add name and email information add or change the routing order and set authentication options for the remaining recipients Additionally this recipient can edit signature initial tags and data fields for the remaining recipients This recipient must have a DocuSign account and is only available if the Send to Manage feature is enabled for the sender See Agent Managed Envelopes for more information about this recipient action Identifying Recipients Optionally you can select how to Identify a recipient 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Note In some cases such as Phone Authentication the sender might nee
51. recipients Optionally tyoe an Email Subject for the envelope and add a custom note for recipients 6 Add Envelope Settings and tags normally 7 Send the envelope lf a signer that is required to write their signature attempts to view an envelope but does not have an HTML5 browser it is recorded in the envelope history and the envelope status remains as Sent and does not change to Delivered Sending for Free Form Signing You can send documents without tags that indicate to your recipients where they should sign initial or add information in the document Signing without the assistance of tags is called Free Form Signing Sending an envelope for free form signing is done in the same way as sending an envelope for guided signing except you do not add any tags to the documents in the envelope When recipients open documents sent for free form signing they can place tags in the document as needed Recipients use the menu at the top of the signing page to add tags Signature Initial My Name My First Name My Last Name My Email Address Company Title Date Signed Text or Checkbox to the documents To add a signature initial or other information to a document the recipient clicks the menu selects the appropriate tag a Signature Initial My Name My First Name My Last Name My Email Address Company Title Date Signed Text or Checkbox and then clicks the appropriate location in the document to place the t
52. recipients in the envelope you can use this list to select the recipient associated with the tag e Allow All to Edit Select this option to enable Field Markup for this tag When selected Require Initial becomes active and can be selected to require signers that have already completed signing to review and initial the changes to complete the envelope See Using the Field Markup Feature for more information about Field Markup e Group The name of the radio button group associated with this radio button The group name connects multiple radio buttons in the same group A recipient can only select one radio button in a group e Value This is the value that appears in the form data for the document if the radio button is selected Location e From left and From top These fields show the position of the tag on the document and can be used to manually set the position e Anchor Anchors the tag to the specified word s in the envelope See Using Anchor Text for more information on using the anchor feature Formatting Properties e Required You can choose to make one button in the Radio Button group required or optional for the recipient The default is required e Locked You can choose to lock the tag so that the information cannot be changed or make it editable by the recipient The default is editable not locked Conditional Fields See Using Conditional Fields for more Information about conditional fields
53. select from a list of marital status you would type Single Married Divorced Widowed in the field Married Divorced Widowed e Drop down values These are optional values that relate to the drop down items but can be different from the list of drop down items For example You want the values for the previous list to have a value of 1 to 4 you would type 1 2 3 4 in the field and when Single is selected in the list the value for the field would be 1 e Selected Value You can specify a default value for the drop down list If you do not specify a default value the word select appears as the value in the list e This is a Payment Amount This option designates this tag as a payment tag See Using the Payment Processing Feature for more information Location e From left and From top These fields show the position of the tag on the document and can be used to manually set the position e Anchor Anchors the tag to the specified word s in the envelope See Using Anchor Text for more information on 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide using the anchor feature Formatting Properties e Text Style These options are used to set the font type size and color for the text in this tag This allows you to match the text formatting in your documents e Required You can choose to
54. shows the information and signatures in the documents You cannot take any actions on the documents from this view e Dashboard This tab is only available when a report is selected from the Dashboard section in the navigation panel This tab provides a view of the report associated with the current Results Panel view Manage Tab Navigation Panel Information The Manage tab provides access to envelope folders search folders and templates associated with your account The folders with envelopes and templates are shown in the navigation panel when the Manage tab is selected The folder sections are described below e Envelopes This section provides access to your envelope folders The standard folders are listed below but you can add and delete additional folders See Managing Envelopes and Folders for information about working with envelopes and adding and deleting folders Folders that you add can be deleted but the standard folders cannot be deleted The information displayed in the envelope folders is filtered by the Current Filter date which is set to the last 180 days by default See Changing the Current Filter for information on changing the date range for the filter 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide The standard Envelopes folders are Inbox This folder has envelopes that are sent to you Sent This f
55. successfully vaulted EOD Status The eOriginal document status EOD Transaction ID The transaction ID set by eOriginal when the document is successfully vaulted EOD Transaction Name The transaction name set by eOriginal when the document is successfully vaulted Expiration Date The date the envelope will expire This date is based on expirations settings for the envelope or default account settings The date and time the envelope was last sent If there are recipients in different routing orders this time will change when the envelope is sent to recipients in the next routing order of Authenticated Recipients The number of recipients that successfully passed authentication of Completed Signatures of Documents of Pages of Recipients of Signers Reason For Declining person that voided the envelope Sender Company Name Sender Country Sender Email Sender IP Address Sender Job Title Sender User ID Signed Date Number of Remaining The total number of signatures remaining for the envelope Signatures Voided Date The data and time the envelope was voided e Envelope Recipient Report This report is similar to the Envelope Report but provides additional information about the recipients their place in the routing order how they were authenticated and their actions The available information columns for the Envelope Recipient Report are shown below Columns marked with an asterisk are default repo
56. tan tea beatae eee eased estes E A anaes 173 LivelD or Any Social ID Authentication ceccccecccssecccseeeesecccsueeesseesseeesssusessueessusesssesesseessness 174 Hosting an Electronic Notary Signing SESSION ccccccccceeeeceeeceeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeesaueeseeeseeesaneeneees 174 Conducting an IN Person Signing SESSION cccccceececeeececeeeeceeeeseeeeeseeeeceueeesaeessaeeeseusessaeeesees 179 TOMDI O sts crete rserscrcec rte ceca mca gm ear etanercept tin sone npme ace mca mes umaacemn tata Ce 182 Template Last Modified and Used Information cccccccseecceeeeseeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeseeeseeeneeesaes 182 Sharing Existing Templates cccsececcsececeeesceeeeccecenceneeceeeeccenesoeeecceeeecansesceaeecseesecesesoueesosers 182 eama aA INGW Veli E reinn E E r E E E EEE EE 183 Adding Documents to a Template ccccsccccseccnseecsesenseensuscnsuessusensuseaunessusssusensusssueesausenaeesas 185 Adding Recipient FO CS e seirrrrri riranna e n EEEE ADEE E EEE EEEE 186 Adding Email Message Information and Envelope SettinQS cccsccccsececsssescnsessneeesaesesanes 191 AOO AO Sos ose ech E E E E E A E E E TE 194 Previewing and Saving the Template ccccccccccsecccsesecseecceeeessusesseesssusessesesseeesseeessnsessaees 195 Editing a Template siecsinc ceca ance tnatuiasieraaudaseeauinsnwouiestatoouuistyiunindae isemeuausatenadedaseadausasenadedasateuinceitvansite sites 195 Downloading and Uploading Temp la
57. the text adjacent to reading zone 2 and at the bottom of the page is not read In Example 2 the reading order is reading zones 1 through 6 as the signer tags through the document In reading zones 3 and 5 only the DocuSign tag information is read In reading zone 6 the text is read first and then the tag information is read 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Sending an Envelope with Accessibility The process for sending an envelope with accessibility is similar to the standard procedure for sending documents for electronic signatures The steps to set up the reading zones are shown in this procedure 1 Create a new envelope Add documents recipients Email Subject and Email messages and then select any Envelope Settings Click Next to add tags 2 Select your recipients and add tags normally When editing tag Properties the text entered in the Label field is what the screen reader application reads to describe the action needed for the tag It is important that the label text is descriptive so the recipient understands the action needed when the tag is read by the screen reader 3 After adding tags place the screen reader zones to the document Screen reader zones are blocks of text and tags that will be read together by the recipient s screen reader In the Tagging Toolbar click the Create Reading
58. the Allow All to Edit option cannot be used Initial Value Mask Text l Select to conceal the Hide value with asterisks field characters Regex Pattern e Click Apply 3 Complete sending your envelope normally What Recipients See When a recipient associated with the concealed field first opens a document the field appears as normal After information is entered into the field and the recipient goes to the next field the information is hidden using asterisks in place of the real data The sample screenshot below shows how a concealed field appears Credit Card Number The information in the concealed field is hidden from all other recipients and the signer It can only be retrieved by the sender or envelope owner if the envelope was transferred after the envelope is completed by viewing the Form Data for the envelope See Collecting Envelope Form Data for information on how to view and download concealed field data Using the Fax Out for Signature Feature There might be times when you need to send documents to a signer that can only accept a fax but you want to track this through your DocuSign account DocuSign can help you manage signatures and transactions across any type of device including fax machines Fax Out for Signature lets you simply select fax as a delivery option provide the fax number and let DocuSign execute through completion 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 941
59. the service will check the document to see if it matches with an existing template If the document matches a template the system will apply the template to the document unless the Notify me before applying a matching template option see below is selected in which case the service will ask if you want to apply the template Turn on Active Template Creation to create new templates as you work If this option is selected after you complete an envelope that did not use a template you will have the option to save the document as a template Template Matching Sensitivity This option sets the matching sensitivity for template matching The higher the sensitivity setting the closer the document and template match must be Turn on Page Level Auto Template Matching If this option is selected instead of only checking the number of pages and first and last 25 word of a document the service will check each page of a document with a template to search for a match Notify me before applying a matching template If this option is selected and the service finds a matching template the service will ask if you want to apply the template to the document 3 Click Save to save the settings You are returned to the Account Preferences page Account Administration Section The Account Administration section lets you view envelope reports and the Terms of Use information This section has two options Envelope Publish Publish envelope information from
60. through Verizon Universal Identity Services UIS e Opentrust Protect and Sign Restrictions and Limitations There are some restrictions and limitations associated with requesting digital certificates or signatures e A digital certificate or signature can only be requested from recipients with a Signer or In Person recipient action e The recipient required to use a digital signature must be the only recipient in their routing order must have at least one required Signature or Initials tag in the envelope the envelope cannot be sent for Free Form signing and cannot use the Sign On Paper option 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide e lf the first recipient in the envelope is required to use a digital signature then all subsequent recipients must be required to use a digital signature and can only have Signature and Initial tags assigned to them Otherwise the digital signatures for all recipients might be invalidated e When using OpenTrust Protect amp Sign the Sender must complete their DocuSign user profile with their legal company name and ensure the Country reflects their actual physical location e When using OpenTrust Protect amp Sign the Sender fulfills the role of a Registration Authority RA in OpenTrust Protect amp Sign Personal Signature via DocuSign life cycle In this role the Sender is responsibl
61. to 2000 characters 2 Optionally add a note for a recipient 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 200 e Select the recipient for the message from the Add a Note to list and click Add The Custom note dialog box appears e Type the message for the recipient The message is limited to 1000 characters e Repeat this step to add a message for a different recipient 3 Optionally you can select the email language used for a recipient This option sets the language used in the standard email format and initial signing view for the recipient but it does not translate the Email Subject Email Message text or note text You must type the subject message or note in the correct language Note This option might not be enabled for your account If you have questions about the options available for your account contact your Account Manager or DocuSign Support Support docusign com for assistance e Click Customize email and signing language for each recipient the Customize Email Language dialog box appears Customize Email Language set the email and signing language for each recipient Signer 1 English US en Signer 2 English US en Done Cancel e Select the language for each recipient and click Done You are returned to the Prepare Envelope page and separate Email Subject Email Message and Note fields
62. to edit your envelope settings documents and tags The Tagging Toolbar is on the upper portion of the page below the message field See Working with the Tagging Toolbar for more information about the toolbar Optionally before sending an envelope you can preview how your recipient will see the tags by clicking Preview You can also click Send to send the envelope 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Managing Envelopes and Folders An important feature of DocuSign is the ability to easily manage your envelopes and folders from the Classic DocuSign Experience This section provides an overview of how to search for an envelope view envelope status view envelope history collect form data for documents with concealed fields correct information in an envelope clone an envelope for sending as a new envelope and move envelopes to different folders It also explains how to add and delete folders Searching for Envelopes Several methods can be used to search for a particular envelope When looking for an envelope you can e With the Manage navigation tab selected you can select a folder in the Envelopes section of the navigation panel and sort the envelope list by clicking the header for a column e With the Manage navigation tab selected you can select a folder in the Search Folders section of the navigation panel to filte
63. used as a Parent Tag for another tag conditional field However only certain DocuSign tags can be used as Parent Tags The tags and the values used to trigger conditional fields are listed below Tag used as parent tab Values used to activate a conditional field Optional Signature Signed or Not Signed Optional Initial Initialed or Not Initialed Data Field Specific text entered or any text entered or no text blank Check Box Checked or Not Checked Radio Button group The Value text in the Properties window for each group button Drop Down Any value in the list Conditional fields do not have to be used to enter additional data they can be used to display additional information For example a conditional field could be a locked Data Field tag that shows information text when a particular option is selected Adding Conditional Fields to a Document The process for turning a tag into a conditional field is similar to the normal process for creating an envelope and adding tags The changes are described in the following procedure 5 Create anew envelope Add documents recipients Email Subject and Email messages and select any Envelope Seitings normally 6 Add the tags normally 7 To enable a tag as a conditional field e Select or place a tag and then open the Properties dialog box for the tag e Expand the Conditional Fields section and select the Parent Tag This is the tag that activates the conditional field ie ALAR
64. using the Electronic Notary when sending documents e No other authentication methods can be used when the Sign with Notary option is used e The Sign On Paper Document Markup Field Markup and Change Signer options cannot be used for the documents e Tags cannot be assigned to the notary e A credible witness can be used during signing but the browser used for the signing process must be HTML5 compatible to allow the witness to sign In general a credible witness is used if the signer does not have any acceptable forms of identification and must provide a witness to vouch for their identity to the notary Credible witness requirements vary between states the Notary is responsible for ensuring that the applicable requirements are followed Sending a Document with an Electronic Notary Request The process for sending an envelope with electronic notary is similar to the normal procedure for sending documents for electronic signatures The changes are provided in the following procedure 1 Create a new envelope add documents and a recipient normally 2 In recipient Action list select Sign with Notary The notary information lines are added below the recipient Signer information 87 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Pe Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Order Delivery Email Fax Hame Action Identify 1 7 kewinsmith_DS yahoo com E Kevin Smith sign With Notary 7 lotam Name Re Find a Notary 3 Type the
65. with free form signing click the Send button See Sending for Free Form Signing for more information 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 1 To assign a signature initial or other tag to a recipient click the recipient s name on the To line or select the recipient name in the Tag for list Select the recipient for tagging aT l ES 7 Do cu Dashboards To Kevin Smith kevinsmith_DS yahoo com David Jones david jones_ds yahoo com Please DocuSign this document New Account Message Documents a NewAcco a Kevin Smith kevinsmitH Kevin Smith kevinsmith_DS yahoo com David Jones david jones _ds yahoo com Sg me New Account Agreement 1 Fo complete your application for a new account please provide the following information and a Click and drag a tag from the palette and drop it on the document See the DocuSign Tag Information section for more information about tags and tag properties Last Saved 3 44 46 PM Home Manage Send Dashboards m Kevin Smith kevinsmith_DS yahoo com David Jones david jones_ds yahoo com Please DocuSign this document New Account i Message i age a Rea ae Th Po ses E RIE Tag for LMN EARS E N L nma ammm Documents Kevin Smith kevinsmitt az Ei Standard
66. www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Note The options and screens shown in your browser might be different from those shown in this guide depending on your account type and options If you have questions about the options available for your account contact your Account Manager or DocuSign Support Support docusign com for assistance Creating a new template is similar to creating a new envelope The main change is that you can add recipient roles in addition to actual recipients A template can contain multiple documents which can have multiple pages and can be sent to several recipients IMPORTANT When creating a template you need to be aware of the Data Population Scope setting for your account If the account setting is Envelope DocuSign tags with the same Label will populate with the same data when a recipient enters or modifies information in the tag for all documents in the template If the account setting is Document only DocuSign tags with the same Label and in the same document will populate with the same data when a recipient enters or modifies information in the tag 1 Click the down arrow on the Create button and select Template Create Y Envelope Template PowerForm Alternately you can click Actions and select New Template The Prepare Template page is displayed Docu Sign Home Manage Dashboards jgan inc A Template Summary Template ID 2339F 32E
67. your account to CSV and XML files API This section shows if API access for your account is enabled provides information about your Integrator s Key and example API information Click Done to return to the Account Preference page Envelope Publish 1 Inthe navigation bar on the left side of the page under the Account Administrations heading click Envelope Publish The Envelope Publish page appears with the search criteria shown at the top of the page 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide For Account GenvVYatt Inc ForSender Dave Dollar v From 7 1 2012 S To 7 27 2012 Bi View Cancel Envelope Status AllSent Finished Recipient Subject Show Recipient Information L Show Custom Fields Enter the selection criteria for the envelope report Note Typically users do not have more than one account or access to envelope reports for other senders e Type or select the date range for the search e Select the Envelope Status for the search e You can type Recipient and or Subject information to further limit the search e Select Show Recipient Information to display the recipient names and email address for the envelopes that meet the search criteria e Select Show Custom Fields to display envelope custom fields for the envelopes Click Generate The envelope report for the en
68. your signature If your browser is HTML5 capable you can click Draw at the top of the page to draw your custom signature Tip You can use the DocuSign mobile app on a tablet or other mobile device to draw your signature using a stylus or just your finger This is an easy way to capture your own unique signature and use it to DocuSign If you clicked the New link type your name and initials for the new signature in the Name and Initials fields In the Draw your signature or Draw your Initials block draw your signature initials using your finger or stylus for a touch screen or mouse If you make a mistake click Clear to reset the block Click Adopt to save the save your signature and initials You can return to the pre set signature styles by clicking Select Style o Uploading your signature Note The upload signature option supports common image files jpg ong tiff with a maximum file size of 200kb For signature and initials images the image height should be 145 pixels The width of the image varies depending on the length of the person s name The maximum width for signatures is 400 pixels and 150 pixels for initials Click Upload at the top of the page to upload your signature 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 208 If you clicked the New link type your name and initials for the new sign
69. 0 PM PT 7 1 2013 12 56 03 PM PT 8 23 2013 11 23 03 AM PT 8 14 2013 10 56 08 AM PT 7 1 2013 12 56 25 PM PT Completed Authentication Failed Completed In Process Completed Hide Completed Q Last Search Envelope Status Completed Envelope Subject Please DocuSign this document NDA 2 pdf gt Templates Add Folder Sent by Steve Anderson steve anderson_ds yahoo com 8 30 2013 1 36 32 PM PT gt Shared 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Signed by Kevin Smith kevinsmith_DS yahoo com 8 30 2013 1 42 24 PM PT ntellectual Property Detail Panel copyright 2013 DocuSign Inc All rights reserved i Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Navigation Tabs These tabs are used to access different functions in the Classic DocuSign Experience The navigation tabs are e Home This tab provides quick links to Envelope Status your ID Card and DocuSign Support information e Manage This tab provides access to envelope folders with all your envelopes search folders and templates associated with your account See Manage Tab Navigation Panel Information for information about what is shown by this tab e Send This tab is used to create and send DocuSign envelopes See Sending Documents for Electronic Signing with DocuSign for information about using this tab e Dashboards This tab provides access to the vis
70. 00 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide UGE VOU TAC CIOIC ING oC OS E EEE AEE E E EEE EEE EIT Adding Concealed Field cccccccccseccccececeeececeeceseeeeeseesesseeeseucesseeeesesessaeeeseusesseeeseuseseeeesaees Wal FECIDICIIS DC Coco racicoahsearceecuvivensizcntsanienancdenctdussanianaebeentosiandstenlueasteeieniseensnanelentnaccdescseases Using the Fax Out for Signature Feature ccccccccccccsececseeecseeeeceeeseeeeeseeeeseeeeseeesseeesensetsneeeas 107 FOW WN OFS oe etc e E ee sais ae ee aa E ne ne eee see ge se E sane E 108 Sending an Envelope with the Fax Out for Signature Feature cccccccsecccseecseessneeeseeenseeees 109 Adding Fax Recipients to a TOMpPlate cccccccccsccccssecseecsuscsseecsusessusesseesseesaueesauessneesansesaeeses 110 Fax Out History Events and Certificate of Completion Information 1cccceeceseeccnecesnecsneeeaes 111 Requesting Documents from your Recipients cceccsecceeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeueeeeeeaeeseeeneeeneeeneeenes 112 Allowing your Recipients to Sign On Papel cccccccsececeeeceeeeseeeeeeeeceeeeseeseueeseeeseeeeseeeseeeenseesaes 113 Sending Tor IN Person olging sesine EE EEEE 113 FOW V iea E E E A E E E E E vase aneeaeeeeeeees 113 Creating and Sending an Envelope for In Person Signing 1 cssccccseseccneeensneeeausessnsessansesanes 114 Using the Sign In Each Location Featu
71. 013 3 19 26 PM PT 11 7 2013 2 06 21 PM PT 9 26 2013 11 01 39 AM PT 8 16 2013 8 51 16 AM PT 8 15 2013 3 00 34 PM PT 8 12 2013 8 05 28 AM PT 8 7 2013 2 09 31 PM PT 8 7 2013 11 05 21 AM PT 8 6 2013 5 43 00 PM PT Download as CSV Print Edit Total results 12 As of 11 20 2013 12 00 00 AM PT Completed On Completion Time DD HH MM 11 13 2013 3 34 25 PM PT 00 00 06 9 26 2013 11 01 39 AM PT 00 00 11 8 15 2013 3 00 34 PM PT 03 06 53 8 7 2013 11 05 21 AM PT 00 00 27 8 6 2013 5 43 00 PM PT 00 00 21 Page 1 of 1 The report date and non default parameters are shown above the report on the left side of the page All the parameter settings for the current report can be seen in a pop up box by placing cursor over the parameters Envelope Status Any Subject ee Contains All Subjects Recipient All Recipients Contains P 08 01 2013 to Dates 08 21 2013 Users All The As of date and time shown at the top right of the report shows the end date for data in the report a ee a Users can click e A report column heading to change the sort order for the report The Custom Fields column cannot be used to sort the report e lt lt Back to My Reports to return to the list of Standard Reports 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide e Download as CSV to save the repo
72. 05 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Note The Fax Out for Signature feature is an optional feature supported in DocuSign Business Business Premium Enterprise System Automated SA DocuSign for REALTORS and DocuSign for Real Estate plans This feature might not be enabled for your account To access this feature contact your Account Manager or DocuSign Support Support docusign com for assistance How it Works When the Fax Out for Signature feature is enabled for an account a new column named Delivery is added to the Recipients and Routing section of the prepare envelopes page The Delivery list is used to select the delivery method Email or Fax for the recipient When Fax is selected the recipient s fax number is entered in the Email Fax field Additionally any email note added for a fax recipient is added to the fax cover sheet sent to the recipient When an envelope is sent to a fax recipient DocuSign adds a fax cover sheet to the envelope and then faxes the envelope to the recipient s fax number The recipient fills in the appropriate information and signs the faxed documents Then the recipient uses the return cover sheet to fax the completed documents back to DocuSign When DocuSign receives the documents the documents are attached to the envelope and the envelope is completed or sent to the next recipient in the routing order For a Carbon Copy recipien
73. 105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Paste Copied Tags Pastes any copied tags into the current page Delete Selected Tags Removes all the selected tags from the envelope Align Selected Tags These four buttons align the selected tags to the left right top or bottom side of the selected tags Create Reading Zone This allows you to create accessibility reading zones on your documents See Using the Accessibility Support Feature for more information Using Anchor Text You can anchor a tag to a word or series of words in your document This section explains how to add anchor tags to an envelope 1 Drag and drop the tag on to a document and open the Properties dialog box for the tag 2 Inthe Location section of the dialog box select the Anchor checkbox 3 Type the word or words that you want the tag to be anchored to in the Anchor Text field Note that the words typed in the Anchor Text field are case sensitive Click Apply to save and close the change The tag is attached to all occurrences of the word s in your envelope and the system displays a message saying how many and where the tags were placed For example you want to anchor a signature tag to the words Sign Here in your document Select the Anchor checkbox and type Sign Here in the Anchor Text field A scan is run on the text in the document If the scan finds the text Sign Here anywhere i
74. 1ccccccceeecceccseeccseecssessnesseesseessnees 81 Requiring Digital Certificates during Signing cccccseecceececeeeeeeeeeeseeeeceeeesecesseeeeseeeeseeeesseeeesaes 82 Digital Certificate and Signature Information ccccccccccseccceeecsesesseesecssesseeessueessaesessneessaeeenas 82 PICS ICHONS and LIMIaUONS sntnacs nsminaneneeianaananoumeniatoneersdgvimenhatadminahenaainaduanadniie ni minteandiumnenbanainans 82 Sending an Envelope Requiring a Digital Certificate or Signature 1cccccccseeccnserseesesessnees 83 What the Signer Segs ccccccccssecccseeccseeecsucecssusessueesseeesseneesssessusesssesessesessusesseeesssusessueesseessaes 85 Viewing Certificate Information in Completed ENVelODe 1 scccccccccseeeceneeecsnsessneeeeseeseneseeas 87 Agent Managed Envelopes cccccccscccseccceeeceeccceeeceueecaueecueesauessueessueeseeessuseseeesseessueeseuseseeessneens 89 FOW VV OVI ste het ders tessa arson EEEE EEE E E E EE EE EEN 90 Sending an Agent Managed Envelope cccssccccsecccseeccsnseccsesesssesssesessusessusesansesssusessnsessaesenas 92 What a Manage Envelope Reviewer SeeS cccsccccceccccsecccseeeeseseeseeesseeessneessseeesseeeesaesessneesas 93 What an Address Recipients Reviewer SeeS cccccccccsecceeeccsseeseeecesueessaeesseeesssesesseessneeeeas 94 Using the Intermediary Recipient Feature ccccccccceecceececeeeeeeeeteseesceceeeeeuceseueeseeeteneeseeeseeeeans 95 FOW VOT E EE EEEN eg
75. 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide DocuSign Tag Information DocuSign tags are used to indicate locations on a document where the recipient needs to take an action and to provide information for the recipient Some tags are automatically filled with recipient information This section describes all the different DocuSign tag types when the tags are used and the properties associated with each tag type Note Your account might not support all of the tag types and tag properties Tag properties that are not standard have an asterisk after the name If you have questions about supported tag types check your DocuSign account When you add tags you can set options for the tag Click on the Properties icon tt adjacent to the tag to open the Properties dialog box for the tag The Properties dialog box is divided into several sections which depend on the type of tag The different DocuSign tags are listed below Click on the tag name below to jump to the tag description and the properties associated with the tag Signature Optional Signature Initial Optional Initial Signer Attachment Full Name First Name Last Name Email Address Company Title Date Signed Approve Decline Data Field Check Box Radio Button Drop Down Note Formula Signature Tag Place this tag where the recipient must sign the document The following properties can be edited for this tag Basic Properties e Recipie
76. 222 333 4444 E Work 333 444 5555 F US Canada l To enable SMS Authentication select the Identity Check checkbox and then select SMS Auth from the list The SMS Authentication information for the recipient appears Note The number used for SMS Authentication must be able to accept an SMS text message o Select phone numbers that the recipient can choose from for use during the authentication phone call The phone numbers listed here are associated with the Address Book entry for the recipient If the recipient does not have any phone numbers in the Address Book or is not in your Address Book no numbers are shown 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide o You can also select to add a phone number for the recipient Select the Country for the phone number type the phone number and if the number has an extension type the extension number e Phone Authentication The Phone Authentication option asks the recipient to select or type a phone number to use for authentication and then they are presented with a validation code while the system places a call to the number After answering the phone the recipient is prompted to enter the validation code and speak their name There is an additional fee for using this authentication check Note Do not use the Phone Authentication if your recipie
77. 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide How it Works DocuSign s accessibility support feature allows your blind and vision impaired customers the flexibility of signing documents online The feature works with screen readers to provide an audio version of the documents in an envelope and the DocuSign tags The accessibility support feature has been tested with the NonVisual Desktop Access NVDA open source screen reader but should work with other screen readers With the accessibility support feature senders specify the order in which document text and DocuSign tags are read to the signer The order of reading is set by creating numbered reading zones on envelope documents while adding tags in the DocuSign web application The reading zone numbers set the order in which the document text and DocuSign tags are read For the best signing experience DocuSign recommends that you create separate reading zones for text and DocuSign tags and that each reading zone only has one DocuSign tag When the recipient opens the envelope and they have a screen reader installed they are asked if they want the screen reader to read the documents and tags The recipient can use the Tab key to move in order from one reading zone to the next The text and tags in a reading zone are read to the signer In cases where there Is text in the same reading zone as a DocuSign tag the text is read first even when the text
78. 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 177 To add a tag from the palette the Notary clicks on the tag and then clicks on the appropriate location in the document to place the tag Docu Sign a v 6 of6 100 v More v Er Va bign Signature gt Hide DocuSign Envelope ID OO9FEBBA 9B24 426F 8685 2F B5642BF320 vY NC Powe DA Initial any existing will or codicil of the principal or as an heir under the Intestate Succession Act if the princi this date without a will I also state that am not the principal s attending physician nor a licensed healt provider or mental health treatment provider who is 1 an employee of the principal s attending physici Notarial Seal 4 health treatment provider 2 an employee of the health facility in which the principal is a patient gy Joe My Name claim against the principal or the estate of the principal Date __ 08 10 2013 Witness _ RO Ap Siate 2 Date 08 10 2013 Witness KS 4 County of Commission RAPER COUNTY Docusigned by P Street Address 5 l Pean Smith 3 Sworn to or affirmed and subscribed before me thi type print name of signer Telephone Number Ken Brown type print name of witness oO Commission Number 4 p Commission Expiration Date tvpe print name of witness __ Text Date 5 Official Seal Signature of Notary Public Fal Date Signed Printed or typed name Che
79. 9 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide A B C D E F G 1 Name Email Note AccessCode Identification PhoneNumber addressl 2 David Jones david jones_ds yahoo com Here is the document we discussed ID Check 123 Main St 3 Kevin Smith kevinmith DS yahoo com 2243 697 My Way 4 Elisabeth Bozick elisabeth bozick yahoo com Phone usersupplied 827 1st Ave Sending an Envelope with a Bulk Recipient When you add a bulk recipient file to an envelope you are replacing a single recipient entry with a file that contains many recipients An envelope with a bulk recipient can also contain other individual recipients but there can only be one bulk recipient file associated with an envelope The recipients in a bulk recipient file can only be assigned a Sign Recipient Action The process for sending an envelope with Bulk Recipients is similar to the normal procedure for sending documents for electronic signatures The additional steps are shown in this procedure Important You cannot specify a unique Custom Envelope Field for a specific recipient in a bulk recipient file You can specify Custom Envelope Fields for the entire envelope so that all envelopes sent from the bulk recipient file will have the same envelope custom fields Also bulk recipients cannot be used with mobile sending In Person signing or as a recipient for agent managed envelopes 1 Create a new envelope 2 Add documents to the envelo
80. 9 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Host and new separate Signer Name field appears after Sign in person is selected Type the name of the signer in the Signer Name field See Sending for In Person Signing for more information on sending an envelope for in person signing e Acknowledge receipt Use this action if the recipient must receive the completed documents for the envelope to be completed but the recipient does not need to sign initial date or add information to any of the documents e Receive a copy Use this action if the recipient should get a copy of the envelope but the recipient does not need to sign initial date or add information to any of the documents This type of recipient can be placed in any order in the recipient list The recipient receives a copy of the envelope when the envelope reaches the recipient s order in the process flow and when the envelope is completed e Address recipients This recipient can add name and email information for recipients that appear after the recipient in workflow order This recipient type is only available if the Send to Manage feature is enabled for the sender and document visibility is not enabled See Agent Managed Envelopes for more information on using this recipient action e Manage envelope This recipient has the same management and access rights for the envelope as the sender and can make changes to the envelope as if they wer
81. Agreement the Agreement is entered into by and between jouzick and Associates with its principal offices at _ 123 Main Street Bend CT s Disclosing Party and locaecs T My Way New York NY Your initial tab Initials of the person that made the change e If you agree with the change you can initial the change to complete the document e If you don t agree with the change you can make a change to the information in the field or decline to sign the document If you make a change you must initial the change After initialing any changes or making changes complete signing the document normally The envelope is sent to the next recipient If a change was made and Require Initial was selected for the field an email is sent to signers that have already completed signing so they can initial any changes These changes and counter changes can go back and forth until all recipients agree to the changes or someone declines to sign the document All of the changes are recorded in the document history see reviewing envelope history for information on accessing the history of an envelope Using Conditional Fields There might be times when the information shown to recipients or information they need to enter should change based on how the recipients respond to a different field For example if a recipient indicates that they have different shipping and billing addresses you will want to collect both addresses in your document
82. Boxes and Radio ButtOns cccccccceccceeeceeeeseeeseeeeceeeeeeeesaeeseueeseeeseeeseueeneeeeaess 128 When to use Check Boxes and Radio Buttons cccccsecccseeeneneecseeenaesessnseseausssaesensesessnanes 128 ACO CHECK DOOS o rran E E EA E OEE IEA TE eae 129 Adding and Grouping Radio Buttons ccccccccsecccsseeccneeccsueessusecsseeessueeesaeessaeeessueessaeessaeeessnes 129 Using the Accessibility Support FEAtUIe cc eeccceeecceeeeceeeeeeeeeeceeeesseeeeseeeeseeeeseasessaeeeseeeetsneeeas 130 FOWL VV OVI aE ci E EE RE ste E E A E E EA 131 Sending an Envelope with ACC SSIDINY ccccccccsecccseeccsneccseeecsuecsseeesssusesseeesseeesssesssseeessaees 132 Creating a Template with Accessibility ccccccecccseccccsecccsescesueesseeeeesusessaeeessuessausessneessaenessnes 133 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Exporting Reading Zone Information iswinsniweinievcunxinnienensinaionun boensinabonamndm Wiinaundemaiion 134 Advanced Sending Option cccsccessececsececcseesceeeecceneccecescueeecsecescenescueeescuaescusesceaeesseensoeess 135 Enabling Advanced Sending 11cccccccccsesccsececsececssesecsueesssusenssesseeesseeeesausesseeessaesesssessaeessaages 135 Using TIC Advanced Sending Fag aioe tastiest stengsere adevauanescuoureadaesnssedsestacseneneesedeseavese 135 Managing Envelopes and FOIC
83. CSV file You can build a bulk recipient file using most word processing database spreadsheet or text edit applications The most common method is to use a spreadsheet such as Microsoft Excel You must follow the rules below when building your file e The first row of the file is the header row that must have the field names for the file Each subsequent row represents a unique recipient with the information for that recipient e A bulk recipient file can have a maximum of 1 000 recipients e Ifthe value you are adding has a comma or double quotation marks the value must be enclosed in double quotation marks Example if you have a Title tag and one of the entries is Inside Sales NE you would type Inside Sales NE in the Title column for that recipient 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Tip If you are using Excel to create your file you do not need to add commas or double quotation marks in the columns just type the information and save the file as a CSV file Excel will automatically add the double quotations when you save the file e The characters lt gt or amp cannot be used the file e Only certain field names are supported in the bulk recipient file Note If you have previously used bulk recipient files in the DocuSign Professional Desktop Client portions of the files
84. CTO SON AOS e a E E A EEA E E E E EE A E O EA 70 Advanced Ending PIONS ornan E O OE eee 72 Using the Payment Processing Feature ccccccccceccseeeceeeeeeeeseeeeseeseueeseeeeeeeeseeseueeseeesaueeseeeeags 72 FOV OTIS pata es ts es seein ae ee eee nee gee esse ees eee 72 Enabling Payment Processing IN AN Envelope 1 ccscccseccseecseecsucceeccueesuessuessuesseessuessuesauesaaes 73 What Your R CIDION SCCS cccccccccseeccseeecscecseeecesusesseeeessusessueessusesseeessaueessueeessusessusessaeessnes 73 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Using the Calculated Fields Feal re ssctecsescscsetecateeseshesevendsacecesdassauesdsncvabessdmsateenaeseeenedmadteeiwacenett Formula Tag Information and Building Your Formula 1cccscccscccseeceeeceeecseccnsecueeseeeseeseessuesaes 75 Adding Formula Tags to a DOCUIMENL cccccecccsecccneccaeessueessueesaeessueessuessuessaeesseeesauessaeessessaes 77 WE U A T OOS n E E E A EE E EA E OEEO 79 ESOC I OIG INO tlle sierran ear E E E A 79 FOW I UO K ei ian EE A E E eee ee pe cee 80 Restrictions for using Electronic NOtAry 11ccscccccccseccseccneecneccseccuecsueseessuessuessuessuessuessuessuesans 80 Sending a Document with an Electronic Notary Request cccscccsecceecceeccnscceeccsececesesseesans 80 Electronic Notary Certificate of Completion Information
85. Custom New Account Agreement S Signature 1 Optional Signature To complete your application for a new account please provide the following information and a initial R3 copy of a photo ID Optional initial E se N Full Name Company ame Title Date Signed ik Adatess e Si C Decline E City State W aaa SEE Check Box Radio Button Dop Down Signature Note 5 Formula Date Sete anes 4 p r Send Preview lt GoBack SaveDraft Discard Changes Use Advanced Sending POWERED 8Y DocuSign English US a Terms OfUse Support Feedback Copyright 2012 DocuSign Inc All rights reserved You can move to different pages in the document by scrolling through the document or by clicking on the appropriate page in the Page Guide shown on the right side of the web application You can also use the Tagging Toolbar to edit your envelope settings documents and tags The Tagging Toolbar is on the upper portion of the Add Tags page below the message field See Working with the Tagging Toolbar for more information about the toolbar 2 Continue placing tags for this recipient until you have added all the needed tags 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 for each recipient in the envelope 4 Optionally before sending an envelope you can preview how your recipient will see the tags by clicking Preview 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSig
86. Date for the report The start date always defaults to tomorrow but can be set for any date in the future The end date will default to 1 year from the start date for Monthly schedules or 6 months from the start date for Daily or Weekly schedules Note The Schedule End Date cannot be set to more than 1 year from the Schedule Start Date DocuSign will send a warning email to the report creator when a scheduled reports end date is within 30 days alerting them that they scheduled report will expire soon 4 Set the Delivery information for the schedule report e Select if you want the CSV file of the report sent to your email address e Select if you want the CSV file of the report sent to others This opens a text box where the email addresses are entered The Send to Others text box can have a maximum of 2000 characters Multiple email addresses must be separated by a comma Note DocuSign does not validate the email addresses when they are entered so it is important to double check the email addresses after you add them to the text box Email addresses that do not match standard email patterns are removed after a report is scheduled e Optionally you can add a message that is included in the email with the CSV file The Message text box can have a maximum of 200 characters 5 Click Schedule to schedule the report delivery You are returned to the Reports tab and a clock icon appears adjacent to the scheduled report Viewing and
87. DocuSign administrator or look at the signing images and help topics to ensure you are referring to the correct help topic Basic Signing A signer s first experience with DocuSign is an email notifying them of documents needing their signature or review Note The email can be branded with the corporate name and colors of the sender Email Notification The email is sent from DocuSign on behalf of the sender The email contains a message from the sender and a link to open the document on DocuSign The signer clicks Review Documents to start the signing process Note The email shown depends on which signing experience your account is using the email on the left is the new signing experience and the email on the right is the previous signing experience Docu Sign Please review and sign your document Docu Sign Steve Anderson sent you a document to review and sign Hello Kevin Smith Here are the documents for your signature From cy Steve Anderson steve anderson_ds yahoo com GenWatt Inc Personal Note steve anderson_ds yahoo com e ALTERNATELY you can access these documents by visiting docusign com clicking PRIVATE MESSAGE the View Document link and using this document code Bob here is the document we talked about Eo 6AED384087CE4767AF5C50E6DEF2A2E3 Bob a DocuSign The fastest way to get a signature Please fill out and sign your parking application if you have questions regarding thi
88. DocuSigned by M1660V71JF9 Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Copyright 2003 2015 DocuSign Inc All rights reserved For information about DocuSign trademarks copyrights and patents refer to the DocuSign Intellectual Property page https www docusign com IP on the DocuSign website All other trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective holders No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical for any purpose without the express written permission of DocuSign Inc Under the law reproducing includes translating into another language or format Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this manual is accurate DocuSign Inc is not responsible for printing or clerical errors Information in this document is subject to change without notice Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Updated April 3 2015 If you have any comments or feedback on our documentation please send them to us at Documentation DocuSign com Summary of changes for this version e Clarified that when using the Concealed Field feature senders cannot see concealed information when viewing the PDF But senders or envelope owners if the envelope has been transferred can use the Form Da
89. Document Markup is similar to the normal process for sending an envelope The changes to the normal process are described in the following procedure Note Document Markup cannot be used with In Person Signing and Calculated Fields Additionally Field Markup is allowed on all tags that allow Field Markup even if Allow all to edit is not selected on the individual tags 1 Create anew envelope Add documents recipients Email Subject and Email messages normally Note You might want to add a note to your recipients informing them that they can use the mark up feature 2 Inthe Envelope Settings section select Allow recipient s to edit the document s This allows recipients to access the markup tool Envelope Settings Recipient Information Allow recipien W Allow recipi Enable Document Markup WI Allow recipient s to change signing responsibility 3 Add tags to the envelope and complete sending your envelope normally Your recipients receive the request to sign a document and during the signing process they have the option to use the Markup tool Using the Markup Tool in a Document When a recipient receives a document with the Markup tool enabled they can activate the Markup tool and make changes to the document 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 1 Click More and select Mark Up to
90. E ILTE Display this tag only ifthe following conditions exist Select Parent Tag Select Parent Value Parent Tag Select Parent Value e Select the Parent Value for the Parent Tag This is the value that activates the conditional field 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 105 For example if you select a Check Box tag as the Parent Tag you can select Checked or Not Checked as the Parent Value If the Parent Tag is a Data Field tag an additional text field is shown below the Parent Value You can select the Parent Value of Specified Text and then type the specific text that must be entered to activate the conditional field in the field below the Parent Value Alternately you can select a Parent Value of Any Text and leave the text field blank e Finish filling out the remainder of the tag properties click Apply to save the information 8 Repeat step 3 to add and enable additional conditional fields 9 Complete sending the envelope normally What your Recipient Sees When the recipient receives the envelope and starts the signing process the tags appear normally If the recipient changes information in a tag selects an option enters text signs initials an optional tag etc associated with conditional fields it triggers a change to the conditional fields causing them to appear or disappear in the
91. INISHED SIGNING B can also download or print using the icons above By clicking the SIGN UP button below you agree to the Terms and Conditions This document is complete Sign up for a FREE DocuSign account to access it any time You Email Save all your signed documents securely in one place cere O Electronically sign any document even if it wasn t sent through DocuSign Get signatures from others Confirm Password quickly and track progress LOG IN TO DOCUSIGN 0 8 A copy of this document has been saved to your DocuSign account Please log in to view it Email bstack mailnesia com Password LOGIN Forgot Password Or log In using ni kl e D CC aG vid If you do not have a DocuSign account you can sign up for a free DocuSign account and save the document in your account If you already have a DocuSign account you will be given the option to log in to your DocuSign account You can also just close the message window by clicking the X icon in the upper right corner After closing the message window the browser displays a website designated by the sender 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Previous Signing Experience When the signer has completed adding information to all the required tags in the envelope the indicator arrow changes to a box that says Confirm Signi
92. M PT APE 92 168 11 129 Sent Invitations Ima Test sent an invitation to Mr Fax 7327091733 f Sent 22012 1 47 05 Mr Fax English Received Fax Fax receiwed from Mr Fax that contains paper with PH PT API255 255 255 hand signature DAPOI 1 47 05 Ima Test Fnoligh Ima Test sent an invitation to Armond Hammer e Ifthe fax delivery fails the Action is set to Fax Failure recorded and the Activity shows the failure information Example Sender Name invitation to Recipient Name Fax Number failed Betty Spaghetti English Hetty Spaghetti sent an invitation to Mr Fax 27 06 12 AZT US Web 192 168 11 54 327081733 Sent 97 06 12 AZT Mr Fax English US Fax Failure Betty Spaghetti invitation to Mr Fax 7327091733 AP 192 168 11 54 Recorded failed Invalid Number er6503 The following information is recorded in the Certificate of Completion e Inthe Recipient Information section for the outbound fax recipient the recipient s fax number is displayed instead of recipient s email address e The Security Level for the outbound fax recipient shows Fax instead of Email Signer Events Recipient fax number 7327091733 Security Level Fax M eeuabiuibentication Non ansumer Disclosure Fax Security Level Not Offered ID 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Request
93. MPORTANT Because the tag Label is used to construct formulas it is important to use unique and distinct names for the reference tags Additionally reference tags must use numbers and if it is a Data Field tag it must use the Number or Date mask 3 Drag a Formula tag onto the document and open the tag properties Formula Tag Properties Recipient Kevin Smith Step 1 Label Charge Calculation Tool Tip Formula Formula Insert Tag Name Select insert Round to decimal places 2 This is a Payment Amount Formatting Properties Apply Cancel Delete 4 Type a Label for the tag 5 Add the Formula information for the tag e Select the tag to be referenced by the formula in the Insert Tag Name list and click Insert Alternately type the Label inside brackets for the tag to be referenced by the formula e Type calculation operators between tags The operators that can be used in the Formula are plus sign for addition minus sign for subtraction asterisk for multiplication and forward slash for division e The formula is calculated from left to right according to a specific order for each operator in the formula You can enclose portions of the formula in parentheses to change the order of calculation 6 Select the Round to decimal places option for the calculated field The selection can be 2 for two places after the decimal or 0 for zero places after the decimal 7 Optionally sele
94. Member Profile heading click Electronic Notary Public Click Register to add your electronic notary information The Electronic Notary Profile page appears This page shows the contact information that is sent to signers your notary jurisdiction information and your notary journal To change your contact information you need to edit your DocuSign Personal Information and Address Electronic Notary Profile This is the your contact information that will be given to signers needing a Notary If you need to make any changes to it click on the Personal Info link in the member profile section Name Steve Anderson Address 12 Median Way Austin TN 98989 Phone Number 2068658888 Email Address steve anderson_ds yahoo com Jurisdictions Currently supporting only North Carolina notaries County Registered Name Commission Id Expiration Date Notary Seal Action Add Jurisdiction 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 3 Click Add Jurisdiction Add Jurisdiction Select Junsdiction Commission kd County Hame Registered Name Commission Expiration Date Validating causes your notary seal and DocuSign signature to be submitted to the selected jurisdiction Please return and re validate if you update those items Validate Credentials Cancel 4 Select your Jurisdiction and type your Commission Id Important The use of el
95. NIONMNANON serrer r E EEEE EEEE 210 Managing Your Email NotitiCation cccccccceccceecceeeneecsuensuessuensuessuessuessessuessuessuessuesauessuesans 212 DA LOO e E A E AEAEE E A A 213 PUTO Z OVC e E E EA E Mesyweuy sunt ton stbenaten teas suastbenss 214 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide CTANIOIINO Yor EAS SW OO hese sree A EERTE EEIE esas eee ones AEE CHANGING your EMall cccccsecccseecccsecccsuccesueessseecssusesseeessseessesesseessaeessusessneessaueesseessusessaess Member OPtlonsS S CUION iciccec csiseccadsheverecedencosntedancendadacauncelanceniantiowdcedtdandennslovecedddentsadtdoubeceonbede Managing Your AOGICS SOON seseris errn E ance uecne eonesesee ec E E Manado no C USTTON T GOS eene E E E EE E E E R Managing Template Matching cccccccccccccncecnscccuscsuscsusccuecsuscsuscsuensuensusnsusnausnsessesseusneeesuseaes Account Administration Section cccccccecccceeeeceeeeceeesaeeeeseeeseeeeeseeeessueessueessaeeeseesetsneeseeeeesanees EN ODS FUD e rE EA AAE IE A eee eee eee 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Ba Classic DocuSign Experience Overview The Classic DocuSign Experience web application provides you with an easy to use and flexible interface to DocuSign s core e si
96. Report Recipient Activity Report and Recipient Authentication Report This parameter sets if the report date interval is based on the envelope s sent date or completed date The default setting is sent date The From data cannot be earlier than January 1 2001 and the To data cannot be after the current date sent Completed Activity Date Available for all reports This parameter sets the start and end date interval for the report The Any setting uses a date interval of the account s start date to the current date The Custom setting allows the user to manually select the start and end dates used The default setting is Month to Date 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Period Interval Available for the Envelope Volume Report This parameter sets the period start and end interval for the report The default setting is Monthly Envelope Status Available for the Envelope Report Envelope Recipient Report Recipient Activity Report and Recipient Authentication Report This parameter sets the status of the envelopes shown in the report The default setting is Any Subject Contains Available for the Envelope Report Envelope Recipient Report Envelope Velocity Report Recipient Activity Report and Recipient Authentication Report This parameter sets the text and characters searched for in the envelope subject The
97. Sign Tag Information section 2 Continue placing tags for this recipient until you have added all the needed tags 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 for each recipient in the document Previewing and Sending an Envelope 1 Optionally you can preview how your recipient will see the tags by clicking Preview Select the recipient you want to preview tags for and use the arrowhead icons to advance or move back Alternately you can click Auto Advance to automatically cycle through the tags Click Exit Preview to return to the Add Tags page 2 When you have added all the needed tags and are done previewing the envelope click the Send button The envelope is sent and you are returned to the Classic DocuSign Experience Manage tab Template Matching and Intelligent Document Recognition When a sender starts a new envelope and adds a document Intelligent Document Recognition IDR reviews the text and information in the document to determine if the document matches a saved template If a match is found the system will ask the sender if they want to apply the template to the document in the envelope IDR looks at the following factors to determine if there is a match between a document and a template e the number of pages in the template is equal to or less than the number of pages in the document e the first and last 25 words in the document are the same as the template or if IDR region match boxes are used in a template the words in document a
98. Steve Anderson GenWatt Inc Documents 1 Parking Application pdf From time to time GenVVatt Inc we us or Company may be required by law to provide to you certain written notices or disclosures Described below are the terms and conditions for providing to you such notices and disclosures electronically through the DocuSign Inc DocuSign electronic signing system Please read the information below carefully and thoroughly and if you can access this information electronically to your satisfaction and agree to these terms and conditions please confirm your agreement by clicking the agree button at the bottom of this document Read Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure Select consent and then click consent to use Electronic Records and Signatures Review Documents to e Finish Later Sign on Paper Change Signer continue The other options available to the signer are e Click Finish Later if you are not ready to sign the document You can return to the document later by using the link in the email notification e Click Sign on Paper to sign the document on paper See the Signing with the Sign on Paper Feature guide on the DocuSign website for more information about using this option In some cases this option might not be available e Click Change Signer to send this document to another person to sign You will be asked to provide the new signers name and email address A message is sent to the person tha
99. Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Adopt Your Signature Confirm your name initials and signature Full Name Kevin Smith Select Style Draw Signature Style DocuSigned by kawin Smite E Change Style 3143CD3S0CA0D40B To adopt their signature gt The signer verifies their name and initials are correct If not they can change them as needed gt The signer chooses if they will select a preformatted signature style or if they will draw their signature 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 156 If the signer chooses to use a preformatted style they can click Change Style to view and select a signature style Adopt Your Sign DocuSigned by Confirm your name initials bein Smith 3143CD30CA0D40B Kevin Smith DocuSigned by Select Style Draw WA WaN mata 3143CD30CA0D40B Signature Style benin Smit Kerin Smii 3143CD30CA0D40B 3143CD30CA0D40B DocuSigned by Kew n Sot 3143CD30CA0D40B If the signer chooses to draw their signature they click Draw to show the blocks for adding their signature or initials Adopt Your Signature Confirm your name initials and signature Kevin Smith Select Style Draw Draw your signature Cancel In the Draw your signature or Draw your In
100. Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 86 The signer is asked to review and confirm the information including the Signing Reason their Company and Location The signer must agree to the terms in the DocuSign Express Digital Signature Subscriber Agreement The signer clicks OK to digitally sign the document The digital signature information is tracked in the envelope history and Certificate of Completion SAFE BioPharma Digital Signature The signer opens the envelope and adds information initials and signatures in all the required fields When the signer is ready to complete the signing process they click Confirm Signing The signer is then asked to enter their SAFE BioPharma credentials for authentication and to allow DocuSign to apply their digital certificate to the documents After the credentials are authenticated the signer is asked to review and confirm the information including the Signing Reason their Company and Location Apply Digital Certificate Please review the fields below to confirm they are correct before completing signing Relying Party Steve Anderson Signatory Name Bob Stack signatory Email steve anderson_ds yahoo com Certificate Type SAFE BioPharma signing Reason approve this document ha Company Stack Industries Location Waco TX Required Information Fd EF agree to the terms outlined in the SAFE BioPharma Subsc
101. These fields show the position of the tag on the document and can be used to manually set the position e Anchor Anchors the tag to the specified word s in the envelope See Using Anchor Text for more information on using the anchor feature Formatting Properties e Scale Sets the size of the tag The size can also be set by clicking and dragging the slider bar on the left side of the tag Conditional Fields See Using Conditional Fields for more Information about conditional fields e Parent Tab Selects the Parent Tab for the Conditional Field e Parent Value Sets the value used to activate this field 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Optional Initial Tag Place where the recipient can initial if they wish but it is not required The following properties can be edited for this tag Basic Properties e Recipient This shows the recipient associated with the tag If there are multiple recipients in the envelope you can use this list to select the recipient associated with the tag e Label A unique identifier for the tag This is only seen by the sender and in the Form Data for the envelope Location e From left and From top These fields show the position of the tag on the document and can be used to manually set the position e Anchor Anchors the tag to the specified word s in the envel
102. To remove a document click the remove icon associated with that document 4 After all documents are added go to the Recipients section to add template roles and recipients Adding Recipient Roles In the Recipients and Routing section you add recipient roles and optionally set the routing order and add identification methods The routing order sets the order in which recipients receive and can act on documents in the envelope Recipients with the same routing order receive and can act on envelopes at the same time in parallel while recipients with different routing orders receive and act on envelopes in sequential order lf your account is enabled to send bulk recipient files you can use bulk recipients in your template See Creating a Template with Bulk Recipients for more information about adding bulk recipients to a template 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 187 Type the Recipient Role Click Add Signer to add the role to the list with a Sign recipient Action or click Add CC to add the role to the list with a Receive a copy recipient Action Recipients and Routing Recipient Role Add Signer Add CC If you know the information for the recipient role type the Email address and Name in the appropriate fields As you type the system will provide suggestions to auto fill the fields based on entries i
103. You can share contacts from your Personal Contacts address book to the Shared Contacts address book and you can remove your contacts from the Shared Contacts address book To share or remove a contact find and select the contact you want to share with remove from the Shared Contacts address book Click Share to share the contact with or Unshare to remove the contact from the Shared Contacts address book 5 Editing contact information You can edit the information of contacts in your Personal Contacts address book To edit a contact find and select the contact you want to edit and click Edit The Edit address book item window appears Type the new contact information and click Save to save the new contact information 6 Deleting a contact You can delete contacts from your Personal Contacts address book To delete a contact find and select the contact you want to delete and click Remove The system will ask you to confirm that you want to remove the contact from your Personal Contacts address book click OK to remove the contact 7 When you are done managing your address book click Close to close the book and return to the last page you were viewing Managing Custom Tags This section is used to manage your Custom Tags See Creating Custom Tags for more information and details about creating and using custom tags Managing Template Matching When a sender starts a new envelope and adds a document if Intelligent Document Recognition IDR i
104. Zones button 3 a f i L i y TE as ia 4 Fj 7 i r Ts oe i Bi EE J i a pa Faf _ a j a ss 7 m q el k t a 3 _ Place your cursor crosshair where you want to start the reading zone and then click and drag the cursor to place a box around the text or tag for this reading zone PERFORMANCE OF THE UNDERLYING room EERO VALUE OF THE REFUND YOU RECEIVE After placing the reading zone a numbered box appears adjacent to the reading zone The number is the order in which the screen reader will read the reading zones 2 Ni e You can change the order number for a reading zone by clicking on the Properties icon for the zone and typing a new number and press Enter e You can adjust the size of the reading zone by placing your cursor on the lower right edge of the zone until a double headed arrow appears click and drag your cursor to change the size of the zone 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide TSS e You can move the reading zone by placing your cursor over the reading zone until a four headed arrow appears click and drag the zone to place it in the correct location e You can delete a reading zone by placing your cursor over the reading zone until a four headed arrow appears click and then drag it off the screen 4 Repeat step 3 to add more reading zones to the document
105. a custom tag by clicking Save as Custom 9 Drag another Radio Button tag to the document and drop it on the document 10 Open the Properties window for the Radio Button Type the same Group name as the first radio button Modify any other properties for the tag 11 Click Apply to save the button information 12 Repeat steps 9 11 to add any other buttons to the group 13 Optionally after adding all the buttons for a group you can select one radio button for the group by clicking on the radio button The recipient can still select a different option unless the Locked form field option is selected 14 Finish adding any other tags and send the envelope Using the Accessibility Support Feature DocuSign is committed to providing our high quality solution in a manner that is accessible to all individuals regardless of their abilities To help meet this goal DocuSign has incorporated an Accessibility Support feature The accessibility support feature permits screen reader applications to read instructions envelope documents and DocuSign tags This allows blind and visually impaired signers to act on the tags and complete signing Note The accessibility support feature is available to all DocuSign plans but must be enabled for your account To access this functionality contact your Account Manager or DocuSign Support Support docusign com for assistance 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219
106. ag When the recipient places a Signature or Initials tag they are asked to adopt their signature and initials in the same way as guided signing ign Signature Df initia The My Name My First Name My Last Name My Email Address Company and Title tags use pre filled recipient information but can be modified by the recipient The Date Signed tag uses the current date Joe My Name In cases where they need to add text into the document they will click and drag a Text box to the document After placing the Text box they can type information directly into it Smith My Last Name _ My Email Address _ Company Title tzr Date Signed Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Text Checkbox Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide The Checkbox places a selected checkbox on the document Recipients can reposition a tag by clicking on the tag to select it and then dragging is to a new location They can resize a tag by clicking on it to select it and then dragging the corner of the tag They can remove a tag from the document by clicking on the tag and then clicking the delete icon on the tag After the recipient has placed all the tags in the document they click Finish to complete signing The envelope is completed or sent to the next recipient The recipient has completed signing and a message stating that they have completed signing and the documents have been re
107. aken through the normal signing process SMS Authentication If the SMS Authentication option was selected for a recipient the recipient is presented with a request page and must select a phone number to use for authentication The recipient clicks Send SMS to continue or can click Cancel to postpone the call and return later 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Security Requests from Sender Steve Anderson GenVvatt Inc From SMS Authentication In order to access this document you need to confirm your identity using your mobile phone 1 Choose a phone number below and click the Send SMS button to receive a text message 2 Enter the access code on the following page Authenticating Signer Name Kevin Smith Please select a phone that can receive text messages so you can authenticate 111 222 3333 222 333 4444 lf you do not have access to your mobile phone at this time click Cancel and retry when you have access After clicking Send SMS a SMS text message with a passcode is sent to the recipient The recipient enters the code and clicks Confirm Code to complete the security request The recipient has three attempts to enter the code correctly security Requests from Sender Steve Anderson GenvWatt Inc From SMS Authentication SMS messages sent to your mobile phone You shoul
108. an online document which includes templates and external documents 2 Select the source of your document Documents for Signature Browse from my Computer or Choose an Online Document e To upload a Template click Choose an Online Document the Add a Document dialog box is displayed Select the location of the Template on the left side of the dialog box Templates or Shared Templates Select the Template on the right and then click Add The document s in the template is added to the envelope and a thumbnail image of the document is added to the section Add from your Docu Sign Library Seah Fair Q My Templates Shared Templates E NDA 2 pdf we Education Templates iid san inne cnet E Sample Boiler Plate Document p b Box El Shared Folders Test 2 Dropbox ae Evernote Google Drive gt i Salesforce gt af OneDrive gt S ShareFile Add Cancel 3 Alternately you can click Browse from my Computer to upload a document from your computer and if Automatic Template Matching is enabled for your account the system checks to see if the document you ve uploaded matches a template in your system If a match is found the system gives you the option of applying that template to the document Also after adding a document you can click Other Actions to apply a template match the document with a template replace the document or recognize form fields for PDFs with Adobe Form Fields 4 Repeat Step 2 or 3 t
109. and can be used to manually set the position e Anchor Anchors the tag to the specified word s in the envelope See Using Anchor Text for more information on using the anchor feature Formatting Properties e Text Style These options are used to set the font type size and color for the text in this tag This allows you to match the text formatting in your documents Conditional Fields See Using Conditional Fields for more Information about conditional fields e Parent Tab Selects the Parent Tab for the Conditional Field e Parent Value Sets the value used to activate this field Data Field Tag This tag is an adaptable field that allows the recipient to enter different information After placing a data field you can edit the properties of the data field The following properties can be edited for this tag Tip You can set up a Data Field tag to act as a link in the document by using the following settings Label Type HREF in the Label If you will have more than one link in an envelope add more information after the HREF so each Label is different example HREF Link 1 Tool Tip Type the url for the link in the Tool Tip Data Initial Value Type the text to display for the link Formatting Properties Locked This must be selected locked 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide
110. appears after the tag and then the tag is read There is an audio cue associated with tags that need the recipient to enter information which uses the information entered in the DocuSign tag Label property Text that is not included in a reading zone is never read Example The diagrams below show two documents with reading zones and DocuSign tags added to the document In the diagrams the blue outlined areas represent reading zones with the reading zone number adjacent to the zone and the yellow boxes are DocuSign tags 1 3 XXXX XXXX XX XXX XXXX XXXXX XXX XXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXX XXX XX XXXXX XX X XXXX X XXX XX XXXX 4 XXXX XXXX XX XXX XXXX XXXX XX XXX XXXX XXXXX XXX XXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXX XXX XX XXXXX XX X XXXX X XXX XX XXXX XXXX XX XXX XXXX XXXXX XXX XXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXX XXX XX XXXXX XX X XXXX X XXX XX XXXX XXXX XX XX XXXX XXXXX XXX XXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXX XXX XX XXXXX XX X XXXX X XXX XX XXXX XXXX XX XXX XXXX XXXXX XXX XXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXX XXX XX XXXXX XX X XXXX 4 XXXX 9 XXXX XXXX XX XXX XXXX XXXXX XXX XXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXX XXX XX 6 3 XXXX XXXX XX XXX XXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXX XXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXX XXX XX Example 1 Example 2 In Example 1 the reading order is reading zones 1 through 6 as the signer tags through the document In reading zones 2 4 and 6 the text in the reading zone is read and then the tag Label is read and a cue for the expected entry type is given The text that is not included in reading zones
111. are ready to add an intermediary recipient e Type the email address and name for the intermediary recipient and click Add Signer or Add CC e Inthe Action list select Manage recipients A Manage recipients recipient type does not require a DocuSign account so anyone can be assigned this Action This recipient can add name and email information for recipients that 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 96 appear after the recipient in workflow order The reviewer must fill out the missing information for the remaining recipients before sending the envelope e Optionally select Authentication Options Phone Authentication ID Check and Access Code for the intermediary recipient 6 After selecting the Action for the intermediary recipient the Place Holder Recipient field appears under the normal Recipient fields e You can add subsequent recipients normally typing the name and email information and clicking Add Signer or by typing a Place Holder Recipient role name clicking Add Role and optionally typing the recipient s email address and name Recipients and Routing Recipient Email EE Add Me Recipient Name Add Signer Add CC Add Place Holder Recipients for Role Place Holder field Note The recipient name and email information is not required Add Rote Done signer 1 2 Email JJohnson home com
112. ates from your DocuSign account to your computer or network 1 With the Manage navigation tab selected in the Templates section of the navigation panel click the My Templates or Shared Templates folder 2 Find the template or templates you want to download and select the template s 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 3 Click Actions and then select Download Template s 4 The selected templates are saved to your system Uploading Template Files Use the following procedure to upload a template file or zipped template file to your account 1 With the Manage navigation tab selected in the Templates section of the navigation panel click the My Templates or Shared Templates folder This is the folder where the uploaded template is saved 2 Click Actions and then select Upload Template s Upload Template s pai Upload Template 3 Click the Browse button locate the file on your computer of network and click Open or type the file location and name in the Upload Template field You can upload individual xml files or zipped files to the templates folder If you are uploading a zipped file the system automatically unzips and loads the individual xml file 4 The system uploads the template s If an uploaded template has the same name as an existing template the name of the uploaded template has
113. ation Support Frank Ludwig through the e signing process Help Frank Ludwig obtain a copy of the document when finished Collect the mouse and keyboard or mobile device from Frank Ludwig Enter your DocuSign account password to complete the signing process I Check here to skip this message in the future O gt Finish Later 3 The initial view depends on if the sender s account requires an In Person Signer ID question e lf the sender s account is set up to require an ID question the system asks the signing host to collect the information Type the information into the system and click Continue Collect Signer Identification Steve Anderson GenWait Inc From Please collect the required Identification for Frank Ludwig Driver s License ID Finish Later 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 180 e f no question is required or after entering the required information the normal signing process starts 4 The signer completes any security authentication providing information and answering questions as needed 5 The signer goes through the standard orientation process and if required consents to use electronic records and signatures 6 The signer adds information initials and signatures as needed to the document The signing host can assist the signer as needed Adopting a s
114. ation Important You cannot delete the default folders and all items must be removed from a folder before it can be deleted e To delete a folder move your cursor over the folder and click the delete icon x the folder is 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide removed from the list 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Signing Documents with DocuSign Senders have an array of options about how signers sign electronically in DocuSign New signers will also have a slightly different experience than returning signers and signers with a DocuSign account This section provides information about the signing experience and how different options appear to signers of your electronic envelopes You and your signers can find step by step guides for electronically signing documents using the Sign on Paper feature and for providing documents to the sender Note If your account is using the DocuSign Winter 15 signing experience also Known as the new signing experience refer to the new signing experience topics for signing information If you are not using the new signing experience refer to the previous signing experience topics If you aren t Sure if you are using the new signing experience check with your
115. ation e From left and From top These fields show the position of the tag on the document and can be used to manually set the position e Anchor Anchors the tag to the specified word s in the envelope See Using Anchor Text for more information on using the anchor feature Formatting Properties e Text Style These options are used to set the font type size 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide and color for the text in this tag This allows you to match the text formatting in your documents Conditional Fields See Using Conditional Fields for more Information about conditional fields e Parent Tab Selects the Parent Tab for the Conditional Field e Parent Value Sets the value used to activate this field Formula Tag Place this tag on the document where you want to include a calculation See Using the Calculated Fields Feature for more information The following properties can be edited for this tag Basic Properties e Recipient This shows the recipient associated with the tag If there are multiple recipients in the envelope you can use this list to select the recipient associated with the tag e Label A unique identifier for the tag This is only seen by the sender and in the Form Data for the envelope e Tool Tip The text a recipient sees when they position their cursor over the tag when signin
116. ation the recipient status in the Summary tab is changed to Auto Responded and raw SMTP string text for the response is shown adjacent to the recipient 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide e Completed All recipients have completed the actions for the envelope e Voided The sender of the envelope has cancelled an envelope e Declined A signer has declined to sign complete the envelope Viewing Envelope History 1 Find and select the envelope you want to view the history of using one of the methods described in Searching for Envelopes 2 Click Actions and then select History The envelope history is opened in a new browser window The browser shows the Envelope Data Record Tracking information and the actions taken by the users e Click Printable Version to see a version formatted for printing e Click Certificate to see and print the envelope certificate information e After you are done viewing the history click Close to close the browser window Opening an Envelope When you open an envelope you can view the documents in the envelope any pre filled tags Such as Full Name tags and the information that has been added by recipients You can also print and download the envelope documents using the buttons at the top of the page Additionally the More options menu can be used to view the envelope hist
117. ature in the Name and Initials fields Click Browse the File Upload dialog box appears Find the signature file you want to upload select the file and click Open The signature file is uploaded Click Browse the File Upload dialog box appears Find the initial file you want to upload select the file and click Open The initial file is uploaded Click Adopt to save the save your signature and initials e Click Done to return to your ID card To upload an image to your DocuSign ID card e Click Add Photo to go the upload profile image page Upload your DocuSign ID Card profile image Profile Image BS maximum display size 79 x 79 pixels Browse Upload Photo Back e Click Browse the File Upload dialog box appears Find the image you want to upload select the file and click Open e Click Upload Photo The photo file is uploaded and you are returned to your ID card 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide To edit your ID Card Personal Information e Click the Edit link by your signature to display your personal information DocuSign ID Card personal information Edit your DocuSign ID Card personal information below Company GenWat Inc Title Finance street 1 12 Median Way otreget 2 City Austin State TN ip 98969 Country United States Phone 20686588688 S
118. ave Back e ype your personal information into the appropriate fields e Click Save Your information is saved and you are returned to your ID card Your DocuSign ID Card The DocuSign ID Card provides identification assurance to your DocuSign network The DocuSign ID Card can be accessed from your signed documents and the DocuSign audit trail A signer s DocuSign ID card can be accessed e When viewing a document with a signature by moving the mouse over the signature e When viewing an envelope s history by moving the mouse over a recipient names in the Envelope Data section The DocuSign ID card shows the owners profile image if uploaded name email address and signature If the signer has enabled usage statistics the number of envelopes and documents signed the date the document was signed the signing location The signing location is the location where the signer signed the document This information can be retrieved by clicking the Signed in Location link a new browser window will open showing the location You can modify your ID card by adding an image and you can update your personal information company title address and phone number from the ID card 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Electronic Notary Public Information This section provides information for Notaries on how to add their
119. ave not been used within the past 120 days are changed to a No Auto Match state and are not checked for template matching 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 203 Template creators and account administrators have the ability to set the Always Try Auto Match option for templates This prevents the template from being changed to a No Auto Match state and can be done for a template currently in a Try to Auto Match or No Auto Match state To set the Always Try Auto Match option e Inthe Manage tab find and select the template that should always try to be automatically matched e Inthe Actions menu or the menu for the row select Always Try Auto Matching The icon for the template changes to the Always Try Auto Match icon q Actions New Envelope New Template Open Download Template s Upload Template s Share Transfer Selected Ownership Alternately if there are templates that should not be included in the automatic template matching check template creators and account administrators can set those templates to the No Auto Match state even if the template has been used in the previous 120 days This can be done for a template in a Try to Auto Match or Always Try Auto Match state To set the No Auto Match option e Inthe Manage tab find and select the template that should be excluded from automati
120. bout the signing session is added to the Certificate of Completion under the Notary Events heading The information includes the name email and address for the Notary the Signer s name the Sender s name and date time timestamps for the envelope events Notary Events Timestamp Ozie Stallworth Sent 8 15 2013 2 45 27 PM PT docusign_notaryi docusign com Viewed 8 15 2013 2 59 46 PM PT Notary address 11901 Pacemaker Lane signed 8 15 2013 3 00 34 PM PT Huntersville NC 28078 Freeform Signing Notary signer Dave Dollar Notary designated by Steve Anderson Secunty Level Email Account Authentication Additionally all the audit trail events are recorded in the envelope History and can be viewed as needed 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Requiring Digital Certificates during Signing lf you are doing business in an industry or region of the world that demands digital signatures you can leverage DocuSign s expanded digital signature capabilities With these capabilities senders can require signers to apply DocuSign backed or third party digital signatures All DocuSign digital signatures are PKI standards based fast to deploy and easy to use All digital signatures are fully integrated with our industry leading Digital Transaction Management DTM platform In addition to requiring the signer to generate a digi
121. c matching e Inthe Actions menu or the menu for the row select Remove from Auto Match List The icon for the template changes to the No Auto Match icon qQ Actions Delete New Envelope New Template Open Download Template s ohare ohare Folder Transfer Selected Ownership Always Try Auto Matching 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide User Account Preferences This section describes the Preference options available to DocuSign users More options might be available to a user depending on the Permission settings for their account Account preferences available to customer administrators are covered in another guide From the Classic DocuSign Experience click your profile image in the upper right and select Preferences steve Anderson GenWatt Inc 36874 switch Accounts Preferences Select to view your Preferences Help Logout eee The Preferences page is displayed GenWVatt Inc Home Manage Send Dashboards 3687 4test abs a Member Profile Member Profile Manage Identity View and update your DocuSign identity Connected Apps g ty p y g y Mamies Avatahte Change Password Edit your password and security question Manage Identity Change Email Update your email address Manage Email Notifications Member Options Social ID Login Address Book View and mana
122. can be enabled in Data Field Drop Down and Formula tags Multiple Payment Processing tags can be assigned to the same recipient in an envelope The process for enabling payment processing in a tag is similar to the normal process for creating an envelope and adding tags The changes are described in the following procedure Note The value of the Payment Processing tag is the amount the recipient is asked to pay and must be anumber The field value can be based on a calculated value using the Calculated Fields feature See the Using the Calculated Fields Feature for more information about Calculated Fields 1 Create a new envelope Add documents recipients Email Subject and Email messages and select any Envelope Seitings normally 2 Add the tags normally 3 When you are ready to enable a tag that will have a payment account select or place the tag and open the Properties for the tag Note Tags that are used as payment tags cannot be shared tags Allow All to Edit cannot be selected for the tags Select This is a Payment Amount This designates the tag as a payment tag Hide value with asterisks This is a Payment Amount Click Apply to save the change IMPORTANT The value of a payment tag must be a number If multiple tags are enabled for Payment Processing for the same recipient the values of all of the tags are totaled during the payment process to determine the amount due If you are using the Calculated Fiel
123. can be used with the web application bulk recipient feature Refer to the DocuSign Professional Desktop Client Bulk Recipient Files section for more information You must include columns for recipient Name and Email All other columns are optional Information in the CSV file takes precedence over data that a sender adds to a field when sending an envelope or creating a template If you are cutting and pasting information into a new file verify that no extra spaces are included in the pasted result since this can cause errors in the new file The list below shows the column headers supported in a bulk recipient file Name The recipients name This field and column is required Email The recipient s email address This field and column is required Note This is a note sent only to the recipient AccessCode If blank this recipient is not required to enter an access code before opening the envelope If a value is provided the recipient must enter the value as the access code to view and sign the envelope Identification If blank the envelope does not require any other recipient authentication If a value is provided it is the type of Identity Check authentication used for the recipient The possible values for this field Any Social ID are AnySociallD ID Check Live ID Phone Auth and SMS With the pir exception of SMS authentication which uses the value SMS the field 5819 y value must exactly match the information that appea
124. can initial the change to complete the document e f you don t agree with the change you can make a change to the information in the markup box add a new markup box or decline to sign the document If you make a change or add a new box you must initial the change or addition After initialing any changes or making changes complete signing the document normally The envelope is sent to the next recipient and if there were changes an email is sent to recipients that previously completed the document These changes and counter changes can go back and forth until all recipients agree to the changes or someone declines to sign the document All of the changes are recorded in the document history see reviewing envelope history for information on accessing the history of an envelope Using the Field Markup Feature There may be times when you want to be able to negotiate small changes to certain aspects of your documents with other signers during the online signing process For example a sender and signer may want to propose changes to a closing date or some other small change in the document Using the DocuSign Field Markup feature a sender can allow certain field content to be edited through DocuSign while managing approval initials from all signers for the changes and maintaining a secure audit trail of the changes When Field Markup is enabled for a field changes made by one recipient can be reviewed and approved by all recipients Rec
125. ceived is displayed They are given the option of downloading a PDF copy of the documents print a copy of the documents or view the completed document Using the Bulk Recipient Feature There might be situations that require a sender to send the same document to a large number of recipients A typical example is an updated policy document that all employees must review and sign For these types of situations you can use the Bulk Recipient feature to send the envelope With the Bulk Recipient feature you simply create a file that contains the list of recipient names and email addresses start an envelope select your documents add the Bulk Recipient file you created as a recipient tag the documents and send the envelope Once you send the envelope DocuSign creates a separate envelope to each recipient in your Bulk Recipient file eliminating the need to separately create and send an envelope for each signer Additionally you can customize authentication access code ID check phone authentication or social network IDs add notes and other custom information for each recipient in the list by adding the information to the file Note The Bulk Recipient feature is only available for DocuSign Business Premium and System Automated SA plans Contact your Account Manager or DocuSign Support Support docusign com for assistance Building a Bulk Recipient File The bulk recipient file must be formatted as a comma separated values
126. cipient Information Select Allow recipient s to sign on paper Allow recipientis to sign on paper WTANow recipients to edn the document s Allow recipientis to change signing responsibility 3 Add tags to the envelope and complete sending your envelope normally Your recipient receives the request to sign a document electronically and they are able to select the Sign on Paper option You will receive an email notification when all signers have completed signing See the Sign On Paper Option section for more information about what your recipient sees and the actions they can take Sending for In Person Signing The In Person Signing feature lets you use the DocuSign Service for electronic signatures even if the signer does not have access to email or a computer With the In Person Signing feature you set up an envelope normally but assign it to a DocuSign user who will act as a Signing Host for the process The signer goes to the same physical location as the signing host the host then initiates the signing process and then helps the signer complete the electronic documents After completing the process the documents can be saved and printed as needed Note The In Person Signing feature is available to all DocuSign plans but must be enabled for your account To access this functionality contact your Account Manager or DocuSign Support Support docusign com for assistance How it Works In
127. ck 4 Repeat steps 1 through 3 to add additional recipients e If you have multiple recipients you can change the routing order in which the recipients receive the envelope and perform signing and other activities To set routing order type the Order in which your recipients receive and sign the document e Alternately if you have already set the order for some recipients you can click on the grip icon associated with the recipient and drag them to the new order The Order number for the recipient is automatically updated e You can remove a recipient by clicking the remove icon f associated with that recipient 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide e You can see a graphical representation of the routing order for your recipients by clicking the Order Diagram link Order Diagram nf Send Steve Anderso 1 Kevin Smith 2 Kathy Jones Dave Dollar oil 9 Complete 5 After all recipients are added go to the Email Subject section Adding Email Message Information In the Email Message section you can customize the email subject and optionally the messages for recipients Note DocuSign automatically adds a subject based on the documents you have added Email Message Subject to All Recipients Please DocuSign this document NDA 2_ pdf Email Message to All Recipients Customize email and signing
128. ckbox My commission expires e Notarial Certificate etl Docu Sign The tags on the Notary Tag palette are used as follows e The Signature or Initial tags are used to place the Notary s adopted signature or initials on the documents e The Notary Seal tag is used to place the Notary s electronic notary information on the documents e The My Name State County Street Address Telephone Number Commission Number and Commission Expiration Date tags are used to place the Notary s pre filled information on the documents These items can be edited if needed without changing the information in the Notary s DocuSign profile e The Date Signed tag is used to place the current date on the documents e The Checkbox tag is used to place a checked box on the documents e The Text tag is used in cases where other information needs to be placed on the documents To use a Text tag the Notary clicks and places the tag on the document and then types information directly into the tag The tag can be resized to have all the information fit 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 178 e The Notary Certificate tag is used to add other Notary Certificate pages to an envelope To add a Notary Certificate tag the Notary clicks the tag on the palette and places it ina blank location on the page The Add Notary Certificate
129. click Add The Custom note dialog box appears e Type the message for the recipient The message is limited to 1000 characters e Repeat this step to add a message for a different recipient 5 Add Envelope Settings and tags normally Note Any tags assigned to a fax recipient are ignored and do not appear in the faxed documents 6 Save the template 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Fax Out History Events and Certificate of Completion Information For fax recipients DocuSign records additional information in the envelope history and Certificate of Completion The following additional events are recorded in the envelope history e When the outbound fax is sent the Action is set to Sent Invitations and the Activity shows the invitation was sent to the recipient with the recipient s fax number instead of an email address Example Sender Name sent an invitation to Recipient Name Fax Number e When the fax is received from the signer the Action is set to Received Fax and the Activity shows the recipient that returned the fax Example Fax received from Recipient Name that contains paper with hand signature Time User Action Activity Status WA2012 1 40 51 Ima Test English PM PT APLS 20 114 10 Registered The envelope was created by Ima Test Created WA2012 1 40 55 Ima Test English P
130. commissioned and active in the North Carolina electronic notary database Valid credentials are added to the Jurisdictions list The Notary Journal The Notary Journal contains records of all electronic notary transactions you complete using DocuSign When an electronic notary signing session is completed the information about the session is automatically added to your Notary Journal 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 212 To locate your Notary Journal from the Classic DocuSign Experience click your profile image in the upper right select Preferences and then under Member Profile heading click Electronic Notary Public e You can search for specific signers or documents in your Journal by typing the information in the search field and clicking Search e You can print the information shown in your journal by clicking Export Journal Data Your journal entries are exported to a PDF file that can be downloaded or printed Notary Journal Enter the name of a signer or document that you wish to search for Date Signer Name Signature Jurisdiction Documents Signed 6 7 2073 17 05 23 AM Kevin Smith Signers signature North Carolina Notarized Documents B 6l2073 5 43 02 PM Kevin smith Signers signature North Carolina Notarized Documents Display 5 items per page Page 1 of 1 Managing Your Email Notifications The procedure
131. ct This is a Payment Amount if the calculated value for the tag should be submitted for payment processing See the Using the Payment Processing Feature for more information about Payment Processing 8 Optionally set the Formatting Properties for the Formula tag 9 Click Apply to save the tag information 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 10 Complete adding tags and send the envelope normally What Your Recipient Sees When the recipient receives the envelope and starts the signing process they can change information in non formula tags normally When a recipient updates a tag referenced by a formula tag the associated formula tags are automatically updated Example In this example the sender set up a formula tag that multiplies the number of Will s Wonder Widgets by 12 00 When the recipient types the number of widgets the formula tag calculates and displays the new value The recipient types a number stion Price per Ite _ Number Total Epterthe nummer of Widgets you want Will s Wonder Widgets 12 00 Frank s Flawless Flip Flops 15 00 O a Will s Wonder Widgets 12 00 Frank s Flawless Flip Flops 15 00 o The recipient completes filling out the remaining tags and signs the document normally Note If Payment Processing was enabled for a Formula Tag the recipient is prompted to pay th
132. ct and Email messages select any Envelope Settings and add tags normally send the envelope The email notification with the signing request is sent to the signing host The host can open the email and initiate the signing process when the signer is available see the Conducting an In Person Signing Session section for more information about what the signing host and signer see and the actions they can take Using the Sign In Each Location Feature Normally envelope signers adopt a signature style or write draw a signature once when signing documents However there might be situations where you need a signer to write their signature and initials in each signature and initial tag Using the Sign In Each Location option senders can require signers to draw their signature online either during signature adoption or for every signature Note The Sign In Each Location feature is only available for DocuSign Enterprise and System Automated SA Premium plans This feature might not be enabled for your account Contact your Account Manager or DocuSign Support Support docusign com for assistance How it Works When the Sender can set Sign in Each Location feature is enabled the sender can select to have a signer write their signature and initials in each Signature and Initial tag This is selected as an option from the Identify list when adding recipients to an envelope When the signer opens the envelope and reaches a signature or initial ta
133. cuts ciesasevdaaxnentoceesscenentodatinaxnene mens betiespenseenteaeenaeeaen 30 Starting a NEW Envelope ccccceecccceeeeceeeecseceseeeeeseeeeeeaeesseececsaeesaeseseaeeeseueesssessueessneessueesseeeeas 30 Adding Documents to Your Envelope ctscossccdcsscseumscaesecdacewsstnnesaaincto a aa niaaa 31 Adding Recipients to Your Envelope cccccsccccseeeseeeceeceeeeeseeeeseeeeeeeseueeseeeseeeseueeseueeseeesaneesenees 33 Adding Email Message Information cccccccsccccseceeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeseeeseeseueeseeeeseeeseeeeseeesaeeens 39 Adding Envelope SettindS serere nN TE E EE EEEE re 40 Adding Tags 10 DOCUMENTS sersmeipe arene eee eee ne eee eee eee eee eee eee ee 41 Reviewing and Sending an Envelope cccccsecccssecceeeecceecececeeeeeeseueeceucessaeeeseueessueeeseeeesseeesens 43 DOCUSIQN Tag Information cccccccceccceeeeceeeceeeeee cece eese esse eeseeeseeeeseeeseuseseeeseeesueeseeeseeesaneeneeeeees 44 Working WITTY ING Tagging TOODA scxncesedsccavzacssesivedesedecwhsadieeeolanxoaeisebiachoneeesncbsedeusateacovastveiessec 65 USING Anchor TOXt 1cccccccceccnseecnsecneecsusensuseaeeetsusessuensuessanessusessusssusensusensuessuessusessusesansssnsesans 67 COATING CUSTOM Tags eoscisos acca cttisdereecips area steno penontendeedeaeueneaepeeonsneseosnsensseccese est acaseeeneesteenorceeesnt 67 Adding a Custom Tag to a DOCUMENLA 1ccccseccccseeccseecsueesseeeessueessueesssuessseeessusessaeesssneessnaess 70
134. d or original information for Form Data is available for the following tag types Optional Signature Optional Initials Full Name First Name Last Name Email Address Title Company Date Signed Data Field Check Box Radio Button Drop Down Formula Viewing and Downloading Highlighted Data Changes 1 Find and select the envelope you want to open using one of the methods described in Searching for Envelopes 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 2 Click Actions and then select Open The envelope opens for viewing Click the More menu and select Data Changed More Clone Form Data View History View Cerificate View Consumer Disclosure Close Envelope The information that changed is highlighted in yellow while optional signatures or initials that are filled in are outlined in red If you download or print the PDF of the documents the changes are shown Payng nt Method ill me monthly U Bill me weekly Viewing and Downloading Form Data Changes 1 Find and select the envelope with the form data this can include concealed fields you want to collect using one of the methods described in Searching for Envelopes 2 Click Actions and then select Form Data Note You can also get the envelope form data by opening the envelope clicking the More Options menu and then selecting Form Data 221 Main St
135. d while a cue in the upper left of the browser provides more information about the action you are expected to take for the current field You can also place your cursor over a field to see any tips the sender has provided Select one radio button CHOOSE First Ave Garage bptown Garage hardy Building Garage Fields that are outlined in red are required and must be filled out to complete the signing process e To select a radio button or check box click on the appropriate radio button or check box Note that you can only select one radio button in a group e o select an option from a drop down list click on the list and select the appropriate option e To add other information in a boxed field type the requested information into the field and click NEXT or press the Tab key to continue e To sign or initial click the SIGN or INITIAL field on the document 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 152 Adopting your signature The first time you click a SIGN or INITIAL field you are asked to adopt your signature and initials Adopt Your Signature Confirm your name initials and signature Full Name Initials Bob Stack BS Select Style Draw Preview DocuSigned by DS Bol Stack BS Change Style 1359F 1658659478 By clicking Adopt and Sign agree that the signature and initials will be th
136. d envelopes are only supported in DocuSign Business Business Premium Enterprise System Automated SA DocuSign for REALTORS and DocuSign for Real Estate plans Your account may not support this option To access this functionality contact your Account Manager or DocuSign Support Support docusign com for assistance The process for using an agent managed envelope is similar to the standard procedure for sending documents for electronic signatures This section explains how the process works the additional steps needed to send an agent managed envelope and what the reviewers for these envelopes see when they receive an envelope How it Works Agent managed envelopes allow the sender to create and assign workflow in a DocuSign envelope without knowing all the recipient information Using this option the sender adds recipients and assigns roles without having to enter name and email information and assigns a reviewer to the envelope The reviewer is an agent broker who knows the contact information for the remaining recipients and directs the envelope to those recipients The reviewer receives and reviews the envelope adds name and email information for the next recipients and sends the envelope After the recipients sign the documents in the envelope it final version is returned to the original sender There can be several reviewers and groups of recipients in the workflow A reviewer can be added after some recipients but must be
137. d receive it momentarily test Enter the code you received in the SMS message in the field below and press Confirm Code Cancel lf you do not receive an SMS message click Back verify the mobile phone number and try sending the SMS message again After the code is correctly entered the recipient is taken through the normal signing process Phone Authentication If the Phone Authentication option was selected for a recipient the recipient is presented with a security request page and must select a phone number or type a new number to use for authentication The recipient clicks Call to continue or can click Cancel to postpone the call and return later 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Security Requests from Sender Steve Anderson GenWatt Inc Phone Authentication From The sender has selected phone authentication 1 Choose or enter a phone number where you can receive a phone call and click the Call button below 2 You will receive a phone call and will be prompted to provide a code and speak your name Authenticating Signer Name Kevin Smith Please select a phone that you currently can answer to authenticate 222 333 4444 D 333 444 5555 J or Enter phone number with area code lf you are not near a phone to authenticate you click Cancel and return when you are near
138. d to enter additional information for identifying a recipient Click on the Identify list to select the authentication options you want to use for the recipient Identify Email By default Email identification is selected Other options Access Code Phone Authentication ID Check Live ID and Social ID items can be selected for the recipient The identification options available depend on your account settings Each authentication option is described below Note You can add Access Code authentication and one other authentication type for a single recipient e Access Code The Access Code option requires your recipient to enter an access code before they can view the envelope Identify Email Email E IdentityCheck To enable access code security option select the Access Code check box and type the access code into the field The access code can include upper case or lower case letters numbers and special characters You must provide this access code to your recipient It is recommended that you provide the code over the phone or using some other secure method There is no additional fee for using this authentication check The maximum length of an Access Code is 50 characters Note There might be requirements for the access code if your account has enabled the Access Code Format option Check with your administrator to determine if there are any access code requirements for your account To require tha
139. data after the envelope is completed The information in the field can be retrieved after the envelope is completed by viewing the Form Data for the envelope Only the Data Field tag can be enabled as a concealed field The process for sending an envelope with concealed fields is similar to the normal process for creating an envelope and adding fields The changes to the normal process are described in the following procedure 1 Create a new envelope Add documents recipients Email Subject and Email messages and select any Envelope Seitings normally 2 Add tags normally 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide To add a concealed field select the recipient that will add the information needing to be concealed e Drag and drop a data field tag from the tag palette onto the document Open the Properties dialog box for the tag e Type a name for the data field in Label It is important that you give the field an easily identifiable name since the name is used to identify the field associated with value entered into the concealed field when the data is retrieved e If needed select a Mask for the data field and if needed add any Regex Pattern and Validation Error information e Select the Hide value as asterisk check box to enable the conceal field feature for this tag Important When this option is selected
140. different status Total Envelopes The total number of envelopes with this status Unique Senders The total number of different senders for all envelopes with this status status status status Total Pages The total number of pages for all envelopes with this status e Envelope Velocity Report This report provides information about envelope completion times for the selected report parameters The available information columns for the Envelope Velocity Report are shown below Columns marked with an asterisk are default report settings Columns can be added or removed from the report by customizing the report Envelope Velocity Report Column Completion Time The span of time from when the envelope was first sent until it was completed Each row in the report covers a different time span Total Envelopes The total number of envelopes completed in this time span Unique Senders The total number of different senders for all envelopes in this time span Total Recipients The total number of recipients for all envelopes in this time span Description Total Signers The total number of signers for all envelopes in this time span Total Documents The total number of documents for all envelopes in this time span Total Pages The total number of pages for all envelopes in this time span e Envelope Volume Report This report provides information about envelopes sent completed corrected declined and void
141. ds feature be careful that you don t double charge your recipient by designating a tag for payment and including it again in the formula for a calculated field that is also designated as a payment tag 4 Complete and send the envelope normally What Your Recipient Sees When the recipient receives the envelope with Payment Processing tags and completes all the required tags including signature and initial tags they are prompted to pay Once the signer clicks Pay Now the envelope will be locked and the signer cannot make changes in the envelope unless they cancel out of the payment process to return to the envelope 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide All required fields complete Online paymentis required then you will confirm signing Click Pay Now to start online payment Clicking Pay Now opens the Payment dialog which shows the total amount due and provides the payment methods Ifa recipient has multiple Payment Processing tags all of the amounts in the field are added together for the total amount due Payment Amount due 49 00 Pay with PayPal The faster safer PayPal way to pay y Pay with credit or debit card Credit card number mm yy Expiration date i Coc What is this Pay Now After the signer completes the payment process they are returned to the en
142. e amount See the Using the Payment Processing Feature for more information about Payment Processing Electronic Notary There might be times when the documents you want to send must be notarized The DocuSign Electronic Notary feature provides this capability The DocuSign electronic notary feature provides two primary functions e Allows Notaries to add their electronic notary credential information to their DocuSign account All of the electronic notary signing sessions completed by the Notary using DocuSign are recorded in the Notary Journal e Allows senders to require that documents be notarized The sender chooses the electronic Notary used in the signing process Note Electronic Notaries must have a DocuSign account All users are able to enter electronic notary credentials for their account The ability to request an electronic notary when sending documents Is only supported in DocuSign Business Business Premium Enterprise and System Automated SA plans To access this functionality contact your Account Manager or DocuSign Support Support docusign com for assistance 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 80 How it Works To use the Electronic Notary feature the sender creates an envelope and adds documents and recipients as usual The sender then selects that the signer must sign with an elec
143. e DA Initial Joe My Name Joe My First Name Smith My Last Name My Email Address __ Company __ Title E Date Signed Text When recipients open documents sent for free form signing they can place tags in the document as needed Recipients use the menu to add tags Signature Initial My Name My First Name My Last Name My Email Address Company Title Date Signed Text or Checkbox to the documents When the recipient places a Signature tag they are asked to adopt their signature in the same way as guided signing The My Name My First Name My Last Name My Email Address Company and Title tags use pre filled recipient information but can be modified by the recipient The Date Signed tag uses the current date In cases where they need to add text into the document they will click and drag a Text box to the document After placing the Text box they can type information directly into it The Checkbox places a checked box on the document Recipients can reposition a tag by clicking on the tag to select it and then dragging it to a new location They can resize a tag by clicking on it to select it and then dragging the corner of the tag They can remove a tag from the document by clicking on the tag and then clicking the delete icon on the tag Checkbox After the recipient has placed all the tags in the document they click Finish to complete signing The envelope is completed or sent to the next recipient The recip
144. e gt Gi Salesforce gt a OneDrive gt S ShareFile Add Cancel Note If you want to select a document from an external source such as Box or Google Drive you might need to log on to the external document source You might need to disable your pop up blocker to log on to an external document source 2 Repeat Step 1 to add another document to the envelope 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Note If you are using multiple documents or templates you should be aware of the Data Population Scope setting for your account If the account setting is Envelope DocuSign tags with the same Label will populate with the same data when a recipient enters or modifies information in the tag for all documents in the envelope If the account setting is Document only DocuSign tags with the same Label and in the same document will populate with the same data when a recipient enters or modifies information in the tag 3 You can make changes to the documents you ve uploaded as described below e You can view a PDF version of the document by clicking on the document image e You can change the name of the uploaded document by clicking in the document name field and typing a new name e Click Other Actions to apply a template match the document with a template replace the document or recognize form fields for PDFs w
145. e attachment The zipped file contains a CSV Command Separated Value file with the report information allowing easy importation and management of the report information Scheduling can be used with standard and customized reports and a user can have up to 20 scheduled reports Scheduled reports start running at midnight for the time zone set for the user that schedules the report 1 To seta report schedule click Schedule adjacent to the report name to go to the Schedule a Report page SCHEDULE A REPORT Report Envelope Report SCHEDULE Daily Weekly Every days 5 Monthly Every weekday Monday Friday A Once Start Date ninwvidd End Date mmddyy DELIVERY Format Comma separated values CSV Recipients Send to me steve anderson docusign com E Send to others Message Optional Schedule Cancel 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 2 Onthe Schedule a Report page select the Schedule time frame Daily Weekly Monthly or Once and additional parameters for your scheduled report Note If you select Once you can only set the date for the report and it cannot be the current date or a past date If you want to see the report using the current data run a standard or customized report and save it as a CSV file so it can be sent to others 3 Set the Schedule Start Date and Schedule End
146. e Classic DocuSign Experience click your profile image at the top of the application and select Preferences In the Navigation Panel on the left side under the Member Options section click Custom Tags The list of your custom tags and shared custom tags is shown e lf you are adding tags click on the Custom tag palette and click Edit The list of your custom tags and shared custom tags is shown Custom Tags Your Custom Tags Add Type Label 2 Anchor Shared Modified by Last modified ae Steve Steve 6 7 2011 List Color Selection Red White Blue Red No Aaderson Anderson 40 27 28 AM PT D a Department Pene Steve List Interest Sales HR Legal Procurement No Ai Legal f PEA Steve List TEn NDA Non Compete MSA AII No pea i Procurement Vendor Agreements Statements of Work Equipment Steve List gat No Processes Requisitions All Anderson Sales EN Steve List TEARTNE New Customers Renewals Additional Sales All No PE EE Done 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 2 To edit a custom tag select the check box adjacent to the tag you want to edit and click Edit at the bottom of the list The SecureFields page for the custom tag appears Make the changes to the custom tag as needed Making changes to a custom tag is similar to creating a new custom tag Refer to the procedure for creating a custom
147. e User Guide Creating a Template with a Bulk Recipient The process for creating a template with bulk recipients is similar to the normal procedure for creating a template The additional steps are shown in this procedure Note Templates with bulk recipients cannot be used with PowerForms 1 Create a new template add the Template Summary information and documents 2 If you want to add a Recipient Role before the bulk recipient file recipients add the role normally Reminder The template can have multiple recipient roles but you can only upload one bulk recipient file per template You can add non bulk recipients later and change the routing order as needed 3 Type the Recipient Role for the bulk recipients and click Add Bulk Recipient Recipients and Routing Recipient Email EZ Add Me Recipient Name Add Signer Add CC Of a Add Bulk Recipient Select and upload the bulk recipient CSV file for the template Note The bulk recipient CSV file can be changed by a user when sending the template 4 The file is uploaded and the information is shown in the Bulk Recipient List Note If an error message is shown refer to the Bulk Recipient File Errors section for more information about the message Bulk Recipient List Name Email Note AccessCode Identification PhoneNumber 1 David Jones david jones _ds yahoo com Here is the ID Check document we discussed 2 Kevin Smith Kkevinmith_ DS yahoo com 2243 3 Elisabe
148. e appears Are you sure you want to void this envelope Voiding an envelope will remove access to the envelope for your recipients Once voided they will no longer be able to view or sign it To void this envelope please provide a reason for voiding below and press Void Envelope An email will be sentto recipients who have already signed informing them this envelope has been voided along with your comments Envelope ID Subject Will be voided B136657D 5F14 4C5E 8597 716EC62D16B2 Please DocuSign this document NewAccount pat characters remaining 200 Void Envelope Cancel e Type the reason for voiding the envelope This information will be included in the email sent to recipients that have already signed the envelope 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide e Click Void Envelope You are returned to the Manage tab and the envelope status is changed to Voided Resending an Envelope There might be times when you need to resend an In Process envelope to a recipient for example the recipient deleted an email without accessing the envelope This action lets you send the envelope without having create a new one it does not allow you to change any envelope information For information on changing envelope information see Correcting an Envelope Note The Resend option is only available for envelopes with In Pr
149. e asking them to review and add information for the recipients is presented at the top of the page DocuSzgn 100 v 4 Download my Print More Ai gt Hide v NewAcco You have been asked to review and add recipient information Please enter the email address and name for the associated role and click Complete and Send Role Email Name W Signer 1 Edit Note Signer 2 Edit Note Complete and Send Edit Envelope Show Document 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide The reviewer can 1 Review the documents in the envelope by scrolling down through the document 2 Click Edit Envelope to edit elements of the envelope The reviewer has the same access to the documents as if they were using the Advanced Correct feature The envelope is opened and the reviewer can make changes to the envelope The reviewer follows the same actions that would be taken for editing any other envelope and the Email and Name information for the remaining recipients must be entered here After editing the envelope the reviewer sends the envelope normally Note that the only elements that can be changed are ones that have not been completed by previous recipients 3 Type the Email Name and optionally add a note for the remaining recipients After adding the recipient information the reviewer clicks Complete and Send to sav
150. e electronic representation of my signature and initials for all purposes when or my agent use them on documents including legally binding contracts just the same as a pen and paper signature or initial To adopt your signature gt First verify your name and initials are correct If not they can change them as needed If you would like to change your name or initials type the changes in the Full Name and Initials fields gt Choose if you want to select a preformatted signature style or if you will draw your signature Note Drawing a signature and initials can only be done if you browser is HI ML5 capable and the sender allows it lf you choose to use a preformatted style you can click Select Style to view and select a signature style Just click on a style to select it DocuSigned by DS Adopt Your Signature Pol St BS Confirm your name initials and signature 1359F 1658659478 Full Name f Bob Stack oe how DS Bob cAmck BS Select Style Draw 1359F 1658659478 Preview DocuSigned by Cty by os 1359F 1658659478 1359F 1658659478 By clicking Adopt and Sign agree that the signature a DocuSigned by DS purposes when or my agent use them on documents or initial bad Stack BS 1359F 1658659478 If you choose to draw your signature click Draw to show the blocks for adding your signature or initials In the Draw your signature or Draw your Initials block draw your signature initials u
151. e for performing identity proofing on all recipients assigned to a Signer or In Person recipient action The Sender must verify the recipients full name and email address before sending an envelope e When using OpenTrust Protect amp Sign Digital Signatures each recipient can only have a combined total of 5 signature and initials tags in an envelope e When Opentrust Protect amp Sign Digital Signatures you must include a second authentication option Access Code or SMS Authentication for the signer You cannot send the envelope until an option is set e The Document Markup Field Markup and Electronic Notary features cannot be used in the envelope e Envelopes sent requiring a digital signature can be corrected but this might cause the signature to appear as invalid in some PDF readers e Vaulting with eOriginal is not supported for documents with digital certificates and signatures applied Sending an Envelope Requiring a Digital Certificate or Signature The process for sending an envelope requiring a digital signature or certificate is similar to the normal procedure for sending documents for electronic signatures The additional steps and changes are shown in this procedure The process for sending an envelope requiring a digital signature or certificate is similar to the normal procedure for sending documents for electronic signatures The additional steps and changes are shown in this procedure 1 Create a new envelope a
152. e line fields that accept any characters The length of the field is adjustable Date Date fields are single line fields A date can be entered in any format and the date will be reformatted to MM DD YYYY Number Number fields are single line fields that only accept numbers The length of the field is adjustable SSN SSN fields are single line fields that accept numbers A SSN can be typed with or without dashes The length of the field is adjustable ZIP5 ZIP5 fields are single line fields that accept numbers The length of the field is adjustable ZIP5 4 Z P5 4 fields are similar to ZIP5 fields The zip code can be typed with or without dashes The length of the field is adjustable 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide e Hide value as asterisks You can choose to conceal hide the information a recipient types into the field The information appears normally while the recipient is adding or modifying the information but the data is not visible to any other signer or the sender when signing or viewing the PDF See Adding a Concealed Fields for information on adding the field Senders or envelope owners can download and view the information through the web application see Collecting Envelope Form Data for information on how to view and download the concealed field data If this option is selected the
153. e of tag Note Label and Type are the only required fields for a custom tag All other fields are optional and the available fields can change depending on the type of tag selected The Label is a unique identifier for the tag that is only seen by the sender Tags that share the same label will share the same data when entered by a recipient for example if you add two data field tags with the labels Address 1 when a recipient types data into the first data filed tag the information is automatically copied into the second tag The Type list sets the type of information entered in the field and can change the active fields on the page For example when a Check Box tag type is selected the Initial Value Conceal entered value Width Regex Pattern and Validation Error fields are inactive while selecting a Drop Down List type adds the Items field and the Conceal entered value Regex Pattern and Validation Error fields are inactive If your account is integrated with Salesforce you can relate this tag to a Salesforce field Note See the DocuSign for Salesforce Merge Fields quick start guide for more information about relating a custom tag to a Salesforce object 5 Type the Tool Tip for the tag The tool tip is text the recipient sees when they position their cursor over the tag when signing a document 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc 6 Classic Doc
154. e reading zone information can be exported from a template When sending through the API you must use the same documents recipients and tags as the original template 1 Open the template from which you want to export the reading zones 2 Click Next to go to the tagging page 3 Inthe Tagging Toolbar click the Export Reading Zones button a x Eki z Eray i g Pa i a lay F ST g P i J4 il f a i h E a aei i i 7 aay z E i F j O oi i i F ME ai ji 1 ET Ea ie i sir a He Tg esr Hi aE i FT lal Be a bat L Tai E a i af ont pee Lo i E oes i 5 a 2 y be k i J k n 5 A Pry oe s The Reading Zone Data dialog box is displayed Reading Zone Data 4 OWU2YTBhM2EtOGU3Mi0ONjMxLWFmZjMtZTJmZTBmNmFkZGI3fiF NDexiEyOH4z MjB NTZ dHJ1ZX4xfnw5ZTZhMGEzY S04ZTcyLTQ2MzEtY WZmMy1IMmZIMGY2YWR kY jd MX4xMzi MjAodik5ind 30HS50cnViql 4DIINmMEwY TNhLTHINZItNDYZMS1hZmY zL WUyZmUw7jZhZGRIN34xjEyOH4zNTN NijcSjQyMXS50cnVijfN MzMxOzM2NTtGdWx sTmFtZSwzMzE7TNDQwO0N1 3RvbSwzMzE7TNDk200N1c3RvbSwzMzE7NTUZOON 1c 3RvbSw2MjM7NTU200N 1c3RvbSwzMzE7NjA0O1NpZ25IZXJILDMzMTs3MTcTRGFOZV NpZ25IZA Copy and save the encoded information in the Reading Zone Data dialog box This information is what is used when sending from the API 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 135 4 Opti
155. e shows a request for the recipient to provide supporting documentation to the sender by uploading the document to the DocuSign envelope during the signing process or by faxing the document During the signing process the recipient is prompted to provide a document 4 25 2013 Date rte Attach The steps taken by the recipient depends on how your recipient is submitting the requested documents by upload or by fax Uploading the Documents lf the recipient will upload the requested document they must have an electronic copy such as a scanned copy of the document saved as a file on their computer The recipient clicks the Attach tag the Add your Attachment dialog box appears Add your Attachment Would you like to upload or fax your attachment Upload your attachment Send by fax Browse_ No file selected The recipient clicks Browse and selects the file to upload The system attaches the file to the envelope as a new page and replaces the Attach tag with an upload icon If they need to upload another attachment or remove an attachment they can click the upload icon and repeat the steps for uploading or select to remove the attachment After the documents have been uploaded and all other tags are filled out or signed the recipient completes the signing process normally Faxing the Documents lf the recipient will fax copies of the requested documents they click the Attach tag and the Add your Attachment dial
156. e the recipient information and send the envelope to the next recipient What an Address Recipients Reviewer Sees The recipient assigned as an Address recipients reviewer receives the email asking them to review the documents in the envelope and to provide contact information for the recipients the reviewer represents for the transaction The reviewer clicks the Review Documents link in the email and is taken to the envelope The reviewer might be asked to agree to conduct business electronically and then is taken to the document A message asking the reviewer to review and add information for the recipients is presented at the top of the page DocuSign 100 Download em Print More gt Hide Y NewAcco You have been asked to review and add recipient information Please enter the email address and name for the associated role and click Complete and Send Role Email Name mM Signer 1 Edit Note Signer 2 Edit Note Complete and Send Show Document The reviewer can 1 Review the documents in the envelope by scrolling down through the document However the reviewer cannot make any changes to the documents 2 Type the Email Name and optionally add a note using Edit Note for the remaining recipients After adding the recipient information the reviewer clicks Complete and Send to save the recipient information and send the envelope to the next recipient 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Fra
157. e using the Advanced Correct feature This recipient can add name and email information add or change the routing order and set authentication options for the remaining recipients Additionally this recipient can edit signature initial tags and data fields for the remaining recipients This recipient must have a DocuSign account and is only available if the Send to Manage feature is enabled for the sender See Agent Managed Envelopes for more information on using this recipient action e Manage recipients This recipient can but is not required to add name and email information for recipients at the same or subsequent level in the workflow order This recipient type is only available if the Send to Manage feature is enabled for the sender and document visibility is not enabled See Using the Intermediary Recipient Feature for more information on using this recipient action Identifying Recipients Optionally you can select how to Identify a recipient Click on the Identify list to select the authentication options you want to use for the recipient Identity Email By default Email identification is selected Other authentication options Access Code SMS Authentication Phone Authentication ID Check Live ID and Social ID can be selected for the recipient The authentication options available depend on your account plan and settings Each authentication option is described below Note You can add Access Code authentication and one other
158. ecks for the selected report parameters Each report row is for a different recipient and shows the recipient information authentication check information and the result of the authentication check The available information columns for the Envelope Authentication Report are shown below Columns marked with an asterisk are default report settings Columns can be added or removed from the report by customizing the report Envelope Authentication Deccrlnton Report Column P Envelope ID The DocuSign envelope ID The recipient s name The recipient s email address Authentication Category The general authentication category for the authentication type used by the recipient The categories and associated authentication types are Access Code Access Code ID Check iAuth iAge iPatriot and STAN Phone Phone Authentication and SMS Authentication PKI Cert PKI Certificate Social ID Google AnySociallD Salesforce LinkedIn Facebook Live ID Yahoo Twitter Openld WURFL WUREL Device Detection Other Any non established type Authentication Type The specific type of authentication check used for the recipient The possible values are Access Code AnySociallD Facebook Google iAge iAuth 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide iPatriot LinkedIn Live_ID Openld PhoneAuth PKICert Sales
159. econd person by 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide typing the same email address in the Email field typing the second person s name in the Name field and then clicking Add Signer The system adds the second recipient to the list sending with the Fax Out for Signature Feature If your account is enabled to deliver an envelope by fax you are not required to type an Email address and you can select a Fax delivery method See Using the Fax Out for Signature Feature for more information sending a Bulk Recipient file If your account is enabled to send bulk recipient files you can upload a file with multiple recipients See Using the Bulk Recipient Feature for more information Adding recipients from your DocuSign Address Book You can add recipients from your DocuSign Address book by clicking the address book icon the Address Book dialog box appears Select if you are looking in your Personal Contacts or Shared Contacts address book then select the recipients you want to send the envelope to and click Add All the selected names are added with a Sign recipient Action Address Book Address Book Personal Contacts Search Name Email Account shared E Chuck Wagon gwgroup123 yahoo com no Dave Dollar documentation docusign com no David Jones david jones_ds yahoo com no Elisabeth Bozick elisabeth bozick yahoo
160. ectronic notary is currently limited to the state of North Carolina North Carolina is the only Jurisdiction that can be selected 5 Click Validate Credentials DocuSign checks your credentials against North Carolina s electronic database to verify the electronic notary is commissioned and active in the North Carolina electronic notary database Valid credentials are added to the Jurisdictions list After your credentials are successfully added DocuSign attaches a notary icon under your signature on your DocuSign ID card Editing Your Electronic Notary Credential information To edit your electronic notary credential information 1 From the Classic DocuSign Experience click your profile image in the upper right and select Preferences 2 Under Member Profile heading click Electronic Notary Public The Electronic Notary Profile page appears This page shows the contact information that is sent to signers your notary jurisdiction information and your notary journal 3 Find the credentials you want to modify and click Edit You can delete credentials by clicking Delete 4 Select your Jurisdiction and type your Commission Id Important The use of electronic notary is currently limited to the state of North Carolina North Carolina is the only Jurisdiction that can be selected 5 Click Validate Credentials DocuSign checks your credentials against North Carolina s electronic database to verify the electronic notary is
161. ects the default time zone to be used in your web application Format my local date and time as This option selects the format used in your web application It also sets the format used when the user signs an envelope 3 Click Save to save the changes Changing your Password This procedure explains how to change your current password and add or update a security question to your account 1 Inthe navigation bar on the left side of the page under the Member Profile heading click Change Password The password page appears Your password must adhere to the rules 1 Must be atleast 6 characters long 2 Must not contain the characters or Enter Current Password Po 7 Enter New Password Re type password In case you forget your password the system will ask you this question to reset it Security Question 1 Select Your Answer Cancel 2 Type your current password type your new password and then retype your new password Review the rules for your new password in the example above the password must be at least six characters long and cannot contain the less than lt or greater than gt symbols These rules can be set by your Customer Account Manger 3 Select a security question and type the answer to that question The security question is used if you forget your password 4 Click Save You are returned to the Account Preferences page Changing your Email This procedure explains how t
162. ed along with the average completion time for the selected report parameters Note If the selected time period interval for the Envelope Volume Report includes the shift to or from Daylight Savings Time the Period Start and Period End times might appear to be inaccurate This is a known issue and no statistical data has been lost or changed 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide The available information columns for the Envelope Volume Report are shown below Columns marked with an asterisk are default report settings Columns can be added or removed from the report by customizing the report Envelope Volume Report T Column Description Period Start The date and time the measured time period starts Period End The date and time the measured time period ends Envelopes Sent The total number of envelopes sent during the time period Envelopes Completed The total number of envelopes completed during the time period Envelopes Declined The total number of envelopes declined during the time period Envelopes Voided The total number of envelopes voided during the time period Average Time To Complete The average time from when envelopes were sent until they were completed during the time period e Envelope Authentication Report This report provides details for all recipients with authentication ch
163. ed Sending option for your web application Click the Send tab and at the bottom of the web application select Use Advanced Sending W Use Advanced sending The Advanced Sending option is enabled The next time you send an envelope you are taken to the Advanced Sending page You can return to the standard sending pages by clearing Use Advanced Sending Using the Advanced Sending Page The Advanced Sending page uses the Add Tags page to add documents recipients messages email settings and tags to an envelope Sending from this page is similar to the standard sending an envelope process The differences are explained below 1 Click the Send navigation tab The Advanced Sending page is displayed 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide GenWatt Inc Docu Sign LELET Dashboards akhi To Message I Add a Document A document is required to send Send Preview lt GoBack Save Draft Discard Changes V Use Advanced Sending en DocuSigev 2 Click Add a Document The Documents for Signature dialog box is displayed Select the source of your document e To upload documents from your computer click Browse from my Computer the File Upload dialog box is displayed Locate the file on your computer or network and click Open The document is added to the envelope and a thumbnail image of the d
164. ed or removed from the report by customizing the report Envelope Report Column Description Subject The Envelope Subject Line Envelope Status when the report was generated Sent This status is used when the email notification has been sent to at least one recipient The envelope remains in this state until all recipients have viewed the envelope Delivered This status is used when all recipients have opened the envelope This does not signify an email delivery of an envelope Completed The status is used when the envelope has been completed by all the recipients Declined The status is used when envelope has been declined by one of the recipients Voided The status is used when envelope has been voided by the sender Sender The sender s name The recipient s name If there is more than one recipient multiple appears in this column The date and time the envelope was first sent The date and time of the last Status change for the envelope Completed On The date and time the envelope was completed Completion Time The time from when the envelope was first sent until it was completed Last Activity 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Envelope ID EOD Document Description EOD Document Name EOD Document Profile ID The document profile ID set by eOriginal when the document is
165. eeds to sign Document A and B while Signer 2 needs to sign Document B and C The sender does not want Signer 1 to see Document C and Signer 2 does not need to see Document A Document A Envelope Document C signer 2 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 125 To accomplish this Document Visibility is enabled for the account the sender creates an envelope with all three documents places signature tags for Signer 1 on Document A and B places signature tags for Signer 2 on Document B and C and then sends the envelope When Signer 1 receives the envelope only Document A and B are visible and can be signed When Signer 2 receives the envelope only Document B and C are visible and can be signed Recipients that have an administrative role recipients with an Action of Manage envelopes Address recipients Manage recipients Receive a copy or Acknowledge receipt can always see all the documents in an envelope unless they are excluded when an envelope is sent Documents that do not have tags are always visible to all recipients unless they are excluded when an envelope is sent lf Document Visibility is enabled for your account by DocuSign customer administrators can set the Document Visibility option for the account Check with your local administrator to see which option is available for your account Using Doc
166. eld e Parent Value Sets the value used to activate this field 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Approve Tag Place this tag on the document where you want the recipient to approve documents in an envelope without placing a signature or initials on the document If the recipient clicks the Approve tag during the signing process the recipient is considered to have signed the document No information is shown on the document for the approval but it is recorded as a signature in the envelope history The following properties can be edited for this tag Basic Properties e Recipient This shows the recipient associated with the tag If there are multiple recipients in the envelope you can use this list to select the recipient associated with the tag e Label A unique identifier for the tag This is only seen by the sender and in the Form Data for the envelope e Tool Tip The text a recipient sees when they position their cursor over the tag when signing a document You can wee specify a tool tip for the tag to provide help for your recipient aprove S T 7 Location e From left and From top These fields show the position of the tag on the document and can be used to manually set the position e Anchor Anchors the tag to the specified word s in the envelope See Using Anchor Text for more information on us
167. elected for any tags in the envelope 8 Complete sending your envelope normally The envelope is sent and any recipient with the Digital Certificate requirement must sign the document digitally to complete the envelope What the Signer Sees The email sent to the signer explains that the signer must apply a digital certificate or signature to complete the envelope When the recipient opens the envelope they are reminded that they must apply the digital certificate or signature to complete the envelope The actions a recipient takes to apply a digital certificate or signature depend on the type of certificate or signature the sender requires DocuSign Express Digital Signature The signer opens the envelope and adds information initials and signatures in all the required fields When the signer is ready to complete the signing process they click Confirm Signing to digitally sign the envelope Apply Digital Certificate Please review the fields below to confirm they are correct before completing signing Relying Party Steve Anderson Signatory Name Bob Stack Signatory Email steve anderson_ds yahoo com Certificate Type DocuSign Express Digital Signature signing Reason approve this document ha Company Stack Industries Location Waco TX Required Information W 1 agree to the terms outlined in the DocuSign Express Digital Signature Subscriber Agreement 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105
168. elope the indicator arrow changes to a box that says Confirm Signing and a message box All required fields complete Click Confirm Signing when you are ready You will have an opportunity to save your copy on the next screen The signer can stay and review the document and make any changes to the information and to optional information tabs After they are done reviewing the document click the Confirm Signing indicator 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 181 The signer has the option of adding an email address where a copy of the completed documents can be sent and or printing the documents save your Copy Frank Ludwig please enter your email address so a copy of the signed document can be sent to you after all people have signed Email Address G Print Continue j gt If the signer does not want to enter an email they click Continue and pass control back to the host 8 The signing host is asked to log on to their account which completes the signing process 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Templates Templates help streamline the sending process when you frequently send the same or similar documents Templates allow you to create a standard document with set recip
169. ent sending to Yourself You can add yourself as a recipient by clicking the Add Me link your information is added to the Recipient Email and Recipient Name and then click Add Signer or Add CC The system adds you to the list e Set the recipient Action and Identify option for the recipient e Add other recipients as needed When you have finished adding recipients click Done To add more recipients or edit the current recipients click the To button 4 Click the Message button below the recipient line to edit the email subject and message for the recipients The Email Message dialog box is displayed Modify the Email Subject Email Message and add a Note for individual recipients as needed Click Done when you have completed editing the message information Click the Message button to modify the message information 5 Add tags to the document for the recipients Click the recipient s name on the To line or select the recipient name in the Tag for list Click and drag a tag from the palette and drop it on the document See the DocuSign Tag Information section for more information about tags and tag properties 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc You can move to different pages in the document by scrolling through the document or by clicking on the appropriate page in the Page Guide shown on the right side of the web application Use the Tagging Toolbar
170. ent However the information about the change is retained in the document history In the following example one signer changed the time period from one year to Docu Sign 100 v 4 Download Mh Print More i Text to change or until Disclosing Party 4 Time Periods The nondisclosure provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination g gt Hide Agreement and Receiving Party s duty to hold Confidential Information in confide NonDiscl effect until the Confidential Information no iai qualifies as a trade sg nds Receiving Party written notice releg this Agreement whichever occurs one year st This period should not be less tha EF1 six months by placing the markup box on the text adding six months and initialing the change 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Markup box Docu Sign 100 v 4 Time Periods The nondisclosure provisions f this Agreement shall survive the termination of this gt Hide 4 Download me Print More Agreement and Receiving Party s duty to hold Gonfidential Information in confidence shall remain in v NonDiscl effect until the Confidential Information no longer qualifies as a trade secret or until Disclosing Party le liactied st This period should not be less t e If you agree with the change you
171. ents in the envelope across the top of the grid and the envelope recipients on the left side of the grid The row for each recipient shows if the document is visible to the recipient or hidden from the recipient If the listed visibility Visible or Hidden has a block around it the visibility status can be changed by clicking on the status 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Note If a Signer has a tag on a document that document is always visible for that Signer and the document visibility is locked and cannot be changed If there are tags on a document and none of the tags are associated with a Signer that document is hidden for that Signer and the document visibility is locked and cannot be changed Locked Visibility Adjustable Visibility Docun ent Visibility x Dave Dollar E dave dollar ymail com Visible Visible Hidden Visible Sign Document 1 Document David Jones david jones_ds yahoo com Hidden Visible Visible Visible Sign Kevin Smith kevinsmith_DS yahoo com Receive a copy Steve Anderson steve anderson_ds yahoo com Acknowledge receipt Done Example in the figure above Signer Dave Dollar has tags on Document 1 and 2 but not on Document 3 So when signing Dave Dollar will see Document 1 and 2 but not Document 3 Document 4 does not have any tags so the visibility can be adjusted f
172. eport by customizing the report Account Authentication Report Column Description Authentication Category The general authentication category for the authentication types The categories and associated authentication types are 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Access Code Access Code ID Check iAuth iAge iPatriot and STAN Phone Phone Authentication and SMS Authentication PKI Cert PKI Certificate Social ID Google AnySociallD Salesforce LinkedIn Facebook Live ID Yahoo Twitter Openld WURFL WUREL Device Detection Other Any non established type Authentication Type The specific type of authentication check The possible values are Access Code AnySociallD Facebook Google iAge iAuth iPatriot LinkedIn Live_ID Openld PhoneAuth PKICert Salesforce SMSAuth STAN Twitter WURFL_DeviceDetection and Yahoo The number of successful authentication events The number of failed authentication events Running Reports Reports can be run by account users and account administrators User run reports only return information associated with their envelopes while administrator run reports can return information for all account users and envelopes 1 Click the Reports tab to access the reports Dashboards 2 Inthe list of standard reports on the left or My Reports on t
173. er by dragging a document or entering a new order number 0r Apply a reusable template from your library to save time Choose an Online Document Recipients and Routing Recipient Email ES Add Me Enter the name and email address for your recipients Create or alter the routing order who signs first second etc by dragging a recipient or entering a new order Recipient Name number p lectthe 1 t to create the c f ri j irer t verifying the sig t j ii Add Signer Add CC or Add Bulk Recipient Order Diagram Email Message Subject to All Recipients Next Send Now Save Draft Discard Changes Use Advanced Sending romae Docu Sige Note You can save an envelope as a draft by clicking Save Draft at the bottom of the page The saved envelope is placed in the Draft folder You can exit the page without saving the envelope by clicking Discard Changes at the bottom of the page Adding Documents to Your Envelope In the Documents for Signature section you add documents from your computer or an online document which includes templates and external documents 1 Select the source of your document Documents for Signature Browse from my Computer Or Choose an Online Document 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide e To upload documents from your computer click Browse from my Computer the File U
174. eria note that this is not searching for a custom tag or other tags in envelopes The Envelope Custom Fields are created by customer administrators and the information that can be used in a search is added or selected by senders in the Envelope Settings section Example The Customer Administrator creates an Envelope Custom Field called Sales Region where a sender will add their sales region information when sending an envelope A sender in the North Sales Region is preparing an envelope they scroll to the Envelope Settings section and under the Custom Fields heading type North in the Sales Region custom field and then finish and send the envelope 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Note continued When searching for an envelope from the North Sales Region the Current Filter can be changed by selecting Envelope Fields and typing North in the search criteria The search shows all the envelopes with North in the Custom Envelope Field After adding the search criteria click Search Current Filter From 011472012 To Now Search Envelope Q Folder Envelope Status search Text On This Folder All Statuses Subject F Dat To Dat W Recipients From Date o Date 011412012 E Sender Name E Envelope Fields Search E My Envelopes Only Viewing Envelope Status and Details
175. ers cccccccceccseeceeeeceeeeceeeeseeeseeeeseeeesaeeseeeeeeeesaeessueeseueeseeessneeseeesaess 139 aC MING TOM EV CIO CS eases sien seen see aeace seu ouad acme EEEE 139 Viewing Envelope Status and DetallS ccccccccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeseeeeseeeeseeessaeeeseeesseeeesaees 140 VICWING ENVCIONC FISTO sictrnusrusinecusouseind second een sees eu sime us eusimecinnd nies 141 OPENING AN ENVElOPE seresa aE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEE EE 141 Collecting Envelope Form Datta cccccccccseccccececseececeeeeeeeeceseeeesseeeeseeeeseueeseaeeesaeeeteeessueeessgeetaes 142 Viewing Changes to Envelope Datta cccccccsscccesccseecceeeceuceceeeceucecsueecececuecesesseseseeessuseneeesees 142 Viewing and Downloading Highlighted Data CHANGES 1cccccsscccseeensseeesusessnsesesesenausessnanes 142 Viewing and Downloading Form Data Changes 1 ccccscccnseeecensecceeecneeensusessusessaesesausessaaees 143 VOIGING an Envelope iicwecanscnsncanittadiavanmemaataanciysnnladucinaablyanciesnninanunmilodmionimemandanmiledmianinasiabanclisaebetivaetvantibaniins 144 PIE Se NGING QE ClO De winrar quan enmanenqas preci airtel E E 145 Correcting AN ENVElOPE sseni EEEE ARENEDA EREE o EEE 145 Cloning AN ENVGIOD O eaer R E iaia a EE a Ea Ea ASEE 146 Moving Envelopes between Folders ccccccccseeeceeeceeeeceeeceucecseeceueeceueseuseseeeesueesueeseeessuseseeess 146 AOTM A FOE ghee ee eee ee eee ee eee eee ee ee 146 Dalen eh WO CCK Sip secrc s
176. ers a red question mark indicates the template is shared with some but not all Groups Members e Inthe Groups tab select the groups that will have access to the template Click Select All to select all the groups in the list All templates are automatically shared with the Administrators group e Click the Members tab Select the members that will have access to the template Click Select All to select all the members in the list Note Due to the way Group and Member template access is tracked Members will not be shown as selected when viewing the Members tab even if the Member is part of a selected Group 4 Click Save to save the template sharing information Creating a New Template Before creating a template DocuSign recommends that you plan the information needed and the layout of your template You can always edit the template later but it is easier to create the template when you know the information you want to present in the template as you are creating it Before creating the template you should answer the following questions e What documeni s will be used for the template e What are the roles of the recipients who will be signing e Does the template need a pre set standard message e Where in the document will the recipients sign and add information After determining what is needed in the template you are ready to create the new template 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318
177. es activity information for the account for the selected timeframe The report shows the number of users in the account the number of envelopes sent the number of envelopes completed the number of templates created and the last envelope activity for the account The available information columns for the Account Activity Report are shown below Columns marked with an asterisk are default report settings Columns can be added or removed from the report by customizing the report Account Activity Report ae Column Description The total number of users in the account Envelopes Sent The total number of envelopes sent from the account during the report time period Envelopes Completed The total number of envelopes sent from the account that were completed during the report time period Templates Created The total number of templates created for the account during the report time period Last Envelope Sent The date and time any account user last sent an envelope e Account Authentication Report This report provides overall authentication check information for the account for the selected timeframe The report shows the number of authentication check successes and failures for each authentication type for envelopes sent by the account The available information columns for the Account Authentication Report are shown below Columns marked with an asterisk are default report settings Columns can be added or removed from the r
178. et ttre secre sete see se ees aren samy aie ses aceeeensiesen sane oxapaca nea meetin oscemenanaspeneosnaceseeyssgsoesee eer 146 Signing Documents With DOCUSIQN cccccecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeseeeeseeeeeseeeeseeeeseeessaeeeseeeesseeesseeessneeees 148 ES TING PE A S E E E owe eeseaiensnswsaead E N A E A A 148 EMAN NOUN CQUOD ooirrr iris ires i ies EEE EAEI EOE EE EEE ERE E CERE EE OETA 148 VAG WSIO O iriran rE EE S EE EE EE E A E EEEE 149 OO FO E ENNE A E E E E AEE E A A I E E A EE 150 ANE ACTON e E A I nila E AEE A E EO E A ASEE eee 157 MOG ODON a E E E sco bins EE E A A 158 Free Form Signing 1cccccccceccscueccuscnsuscnsusseusesusensusensuscausensusecusensusesusenausesaussaneensusesusenussaueesans 159 I On F mer OPU rn a A EAEE EE EE E age E A 159 SmE ATIMONAN EA E E EOE OE ase ETE 164 Completing the Signing Process 1ccccsecccsececcsesessseccsusessusessusessaeeesseessaeeessusessaeetseesssesesanes 167 AUhenicatonm ODON sue E RE RE eter eee eno ee eee eee ee ene 169 ACCESS Code AUINCNTICATION issinssnavacniancdenezewasndadandenniviaarsdannbeanevbaenss eins ENAA KAE A E RE AANE Aa 170 MS AUNOR CRU ee E dn see E AEA E 170 Phone Authentication 00a00a0aaanaanaanannanannannnnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnrnnnnrnrrnrnnrnrnnrnnrnrnnrnnnnrnnrnrnnrnnnnnne 171 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide TED CI asco E E cena estes ga
179. f the envelopes in the Detail Panel Reports The DocuSign reporting feature provides an easy way for DocuSign users and account administrators to see information about their account Reports can be run by account users and account administrators When users run reports they will only see their personal information When users with administrator permission run reports they will see group and account level information 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide The reporting data is available in complete days and might be delayed up to 24 hours So recently sent envelopes might not appear in your reports Report Descriptions and Settings When running a report you can use the default settings or modify the report settings All reports use a default time setting of Month to Date and all other settings of Any The Standard Reports are divided into three categories the reports in each category are described below Envelope Reports Envelope Report This report lists of all envelopes for the selected report parameters Each report row is for a different envelope and shows envelope status the sender the recipient s and activity information for the envelope The available information columns for the Envelope Report are shown below Columns marked with an asterisk are default report settings Columns can be add
180. ference Formula tag s output must be a number This can be an issue when referring to Formula tags that output information in a date format However you can nest operators within a formula to get the same results Example You want use Formula tags to calculate two dates The first date is two days from the date signed date1 in the example and the second date is two months from the first date Normally the formulas for these tags would be Formula tag Formula field AddDays date1 2 Formula2 tag Formula field AddMonths Formula1 2 In this case Formula2 will cause an error since the tag is expecting a number for Formula1 But you can still calculate the date by nesting the contents of Formula1 in Formula2 as follows Formula tag Formula field AddDays date1 2 Formula2 tag Formula field AddMonths AddDays date1 2 2 Adding Formula Tags to a Document The process for adding and using Formula tags is similar to the normal process for creating an envelope and adding tags The changes are described in the following procedure 1 Create anew envelope Add documents recipient Email Subject and Email messages and select any Envelope Seitings normally 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 2 Add tags that will be referenced by the Formula tags Set the Properties of the reference tags as needed I
181. field with an upload icon You will be asked if you want to add another attachment Add other attachments as needed following the same upload process After uploading all your attachments finish adding any more information to the document and review the documents After you are done reviewing the document click FINISH to complete the signing process Faxing Your Documents If you want to fax copies of the requested documents click the attachment field the Add Your Attachment dialog box is shown 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide ADD YOUR ATTACHMENT Upload your attachment Browse SEND BY FAX Click SEND BY FAX the Send Attachment by Fax dialog box is shown The dialog box informs you that you will be able to print a fax cover sheet at the end of the signing process Click OK to continue SEND ATTACHMENT BY FAX At the end of the signing process your cover sheet will be printed with instructions to fax in required documents The system replaces the attachment field with a fax icon You can click the fax icon to cancel the fax process anytime until the fax is received by DocuSign Finish adding any more information to the document and review the documents After you are done reviewing the document click FINISH to complete the signing process After clicking FINISH a second Send Attachment by Fa
182. for more information about this e Allow recipient s to edit the document s Select this option to enable the Document Markup feature which allows recipients to access the markup tool The markup tool is used to cover up old text cover text and add new text or to add new text Recipients that signed a document before the markup tool changes are made are given a new opportunity to review and approve the changes before any document is finalized See Using the Document Markup Feature for more information about Document Markup e Allow recipient s to change signing responsibility Select this option to allow the recipient to reassign the envelope to another person e Turn on auto navigation Select this option to turn on auto navigation for the envelope If this is not selected there is no auto navigation in the envelope e Must be a signer to view signed documents When this option is selected recipients will only be able to see documents that have Signature or Initial tags assigned to them or that do not have any Signature or Initial tags Reminders and Expirations Settings Optionally you define rules to remind your recipients of their signing tasks and to expire your envelope if it is not signed Sender Settings This section lets you select to stamp the envelope ID on the documents in the envelope and has the active Envelope Custom Fields for your account When you are done changing any Envelope Settings click Next to begin tagging
183. force SMSAuth STAN Twitter WURFL_DeviceDetection and Yahoo Authentication Success The authentication result where True passed authentication and False failed authentication Sender User ID The DocuSign ID for the sender Sender Name Recipient ID The DocuSign ID for the recipient Recipient User ID lf the recipient is also a DocuSign user this is the recipient s DocuSign user ID Vendor Return Code The vendor s result code associated with this authentication check Note that this is typically only populated for failed authentication checks Vendor Failure Reason The vendor s failure reason associated with this authentication check Note that this is only populated for failed authentication checks Recipient Reports e Recipient Activity Report This report provides activity information for envelope recipients for the selected report parameters Each report row is for a different recipient and shows the number of envelopes received signed not signed a completion rate and the average time for that recipient to complete an envelope The available information columns for the Recipient Activity Report are shown below Columns marked with an asterisk are default report settings Columns can be added or removed from the report by customizing the report Recipient Activity Report ee Column Description The recipient s name The recipient s email address Envelopes Received The number of envelopes this recip
184. g the signer is asked to draw his or her signature or initials instead of adopting a signature style This is repeated for each signature or initial tag in the envelope The envelope history and Certificate of Completion notes when Sign In Each Location is used for a signer The Certificate of Completion does not have images of the signer s signatures and initials Sending an Envelope with Sign in Each Location Important Signers must have a browser that supports HTML5 to write their signature in each signature tag If the signer does not have an HIML5 browser they will see a message informing them that they cannot open documents for signing because their browser does not support HMTL5 The process for sending an envelope with Sign in Each Location is similar to the normal procedure for sending documents for electronic signatures The differences are explained in this procedure 1 Create a new envelope 2 Add documents normally 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 116 3 Add recipients normally When you are ready to add a recipient that must sign in each location e Type the name and email address for the recipient and click Add Signer e Select Sign In Each Location from the Identify list Identify Email Email Identity Check B IN Sign In Each Location 4 Repeat step 3 for any additional
185. g a document You can specify a tool tip for the tag to provide help for your recipient e Formula This field contains the formula information for the tag e Insert Tag Name A selection list used to select the reference tags to insert into the Formula field e Round to decimal places This sets the number of places shown after the decimal point for the final field value It can only be set to 2 or 0 e This is a Payment Amount This option designates this tag as a payment tag See Using the Payment Processing Feature for more information Formatting Properties e Text Style These options are used to set the font type size and color for the text in this tag This allows you to match the text formatting in your documents Working with the Tagging Toolbar The Tagging Toolbar allows you to edit your envelope settings documents and tags from the Add Tags page The Tagging Toolbar is on the upper portion of the Add Tags page below the message field 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Tagging Toolbar Manage Send Dashboards David Jones david jones_ds yahoo com Message Please Docusign this Document Tag for Diad bea Peles aoe Ee In general the buttons on the left portion of the toolbar deal with envelope settings and documents while the buttons on the right portion deal with
186. ge recipient information in your address book Time Zone Change Password SecureFields Create edit share and delete custom form fields Change Email IDR Settings Manage settings for automatic recognition and application of templates Member Options Account Administration Address Book Envelope Report View a report of envelopes sentfrom your account Custom Tags API View API Information Template Matching Depending upon your user permissions not all of these options may be available in the left hand navigation bar Account Administration Envelope Report Done API POWERED BY DocuSign Click a navigation tab Home Manage Send or Dashboards to return to that tab For information about the options available to customer administrators see the Account Administration Reference Guide on the DocuSign website Member Profile Section The Member Profile section lets you view and manage your profile information This section has the following options Connected Apps This function is associated with DocuSign s REST API authentication If you are not directly using DocuSign s REST API you can ignore this option It is used to revoke 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide authentication tokens for your account Refer to the DocuSign REST API Guide for more information Names Available Set if sende
187. ge selected Brand Recipient Information E Allow recipients to sign on paper E Allow recipientis to editthe document s IM Allow recipientis to change signing responsibility ElTurn on auto navigation Must be a signer to view signed documents Reminders and Expirations Envelope will expire on Tuesday May 26 2073 signer will not be sent any reminders E Reminders Enabled send a reminder email to the signerin O day s After the first reminder sendareminderevery 0 day s Expire envelopein 120 day s Warn signer of envelope expiration 0 day s before it will expire Sender Settings E Stamp documents with envelope ID 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Branding Setting lf your account has Branding enabled and you have access to multiple brand profiles you can select the account brand that is seen by recipients during viewing and signing Additionally you can prevent users from changing the brand profile used when sending an envelope with this template by selecting Don t allow sender to change selected Brand Recipient Information Settings The following options might be available for your account e Allow recipient s to sign on paper Select this option to allow signers to print and sign the document on paper instead of electronically See Allowing Your Recipients to Sign On Paper
188. gnature capabilities that let you and your customers quickly and easily sign the full range of documents online The section provides information on how to log on to the Classic DocuSign Experience web application an overview of the application components and how to log off the web application Launching the DocuSign Service 1 Open your Internet browser and go to the DocuSign website https www docusign com and click the Login button The DocuSign Login page appears pO Login Sign up for an account Sonay 2 Type your Email Address and Password and then click Login The Classic DocuSign Experience opens The Classic DocuSign Experience Components The Classic DocuSign Experience has been designed to be flexible and have a familiar look and feel When you first log in to DocuSign you are taken to the Get Started or Home tab The Get Started tab provides users with information about DocuSign This tab is the default tab used when you first log on to the application unless Start on Home tab on this tab is selected The Home tab provides quick links to starting a new envelope signing a document Envelope Status your ID Card and DocuSign Support information 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide GenWatt Inc DECO LEE 36874 n Start a New Envelope Sign a Document Now Envelope Status Gett
189. gree to the terms in the OpenTrust Subscriber Agreement The signer clicks OK to digitally sign the document The Opentrust information is tracked in the envelope history and Certificate of Completion Viewing Certificate Information in Completed Envelopes There are several ways to see that a digital certificate has been applied to an envelope e When viewing the envelope in the Classic DocuSign Experience Summary tab a Digitally Signed icon and text appears adjacent to the signer information The icon and text used varies depending on how the document was signed Digitally signed with DocuSign Express v Digitally signed with OpenTrust Protect amp Sign e f you open a document signed with a DocuSign Express certificate in the Classic DocuSign Experience web application you can click on icon adjacent to signatures with digital certificates to see more information about the certificate that was applied Docu Sign secured by DocuSign Express Digital Signature Valid Signature Signer Name Bob Stack Signer Email bstack mailnesia com Time Signed 7 2 2014 7 46 03 AM Valid Digital Certificate Authority DocuSign CA2 Expiration Date 7 3 2015 5 45 47 AM Serial Number 77eff6651a2f4cd69e0ca7ca3aa91dec Public Key Certification Practice Statement Learn more about Digital Signatures at the Docusign Trust Center 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSig
190. h the recipients receive the envelope and perform signing and other activities To set routing order type the Order in which your recipients receive and sign the document e Alternately if you have already set the order for some recipients you can click on the grip icon associated with the recipient and drag them to the new order The Order number for the recipient is automatically updated e You can remove a recipient by clicking the remove icon associated with that recipient 6 After all roles and recipients are added go to the Email Subject section Adding Email Message Information and Envelope Settings In the Email Message section you can customize the email subject and optionally the messages for recipients Note DocuSign automatically adds a subject based on the documents you have added 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Email Message Please enter a personalized subject and message so the recipient can venfy that the signing request is legitimate Subject to All Recipients Please review and sign your documents Email Message to All Recipients Please fill out and sign these forms to complete your account application process Customize email and signing language for each recipient Add a Noteto Signer 1 Add Sender cannot edit Subject Message or Note Type an Email Subject for the
191. he date for one day before the document is signed where the date signed tag label is datesigned1 in the Formula tag Formula field you would type AddDays datesigned1 1 e AddMonths operator The AddMonths d1 n1 operator provides a number of months n1 to add subtract to a date d1 To subtract from the date d1 a minus sign is placed in front of the number of months n1 Example 1 lf you want to determine the date for 6 months after the day a document is signed where the date signed tag label is datesigned1 in the Formula tag Formula field you would type AddMonths datesigned1 6 Example 2 f you want to determine the date one month before the day a document is signed where the date signed tag label is datesigned1 in the Formula tag Formula field you would type AddMonths datesigned1 1 e AddyYears operator The AddYears d1 n1 operator provides a number of years n1 to add subtract to a date d1 To subtract from the date d1 a minus sign is placed in front of the number of years n1 Example f you have a lease that starts on the first day of a month and you want it to end in one year on the last day of the previous month for example the lease starts on January 1 and ends on December 31 you could the date as follows LeaseEndDate tag Formula field AddDays AddYears datesigned1 1 1 Important If you use a Formula tag as a reference tag for another Formula tag the re
192. he envelope each fax recipient must be in a different routing order To change the routing order type the Order in which your recipients receive and sign the document Alternately if you have already set the order for some recipients you can click on the grip icon associated with the recipient and drag them to the new order The Order number for the recipient is automatically updated 4 Repeat step 3 for any additional recipients Type an Email Subject for the envelope the subject is limited to 100 characters Optionally you can add a custom note for a recipient The note for a fax recipient is added to the fax cover sheet To add a note e Select the recipient for the message from the Add a Note to list and click Add The Custom note dialog box appears e Type the message for the recipient The message is limited to 1000 characters e Repeat this step to add a message for a different recipient 6 Add Envelope Settings and tags normally 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 110 Note Any tags assigned to a fax recipient are ignored and do not appear in the faxed documents 7 Send the envelope The envelope is sent to any recipients in the normal routing order When the routing order reaches a fax recipient the documents are faxed to the recipient When the fax recipient returns the documents the envelope i
193. he right find the report you want to run and click on the report name The report runs with the default settings and columns For more information on the actions that can be taken with completed reports see Viewing Report Information ENVELOPES MY REPORTS Envelope Report Edit Schedule Envelope Report Edit Schedule Detail status and completion information Sent envelope information Envelope Recipient Report Edit Schedule Envelope Report 2 Edit Schedule Recipient activity and status Sent envelope information Envelope Status Report Edit Schedule Envelope Volume Report YTD Edit Schedule Totals by status Year to Date Status totals Envelope Velocity Report Edit Schedule Envelope completion time Envelope Volume Report Edit Schedule Status totals for specified time periods RECIPIENTS Recipient Activity Report Edit Schedule Detail status and completion information Recipient Authentication Report Edit Schedule Identity verification data 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Customizing Reports All reports can be customized for a one time use or saved to the My Reports section of the Reports tab for future use Reports saved in the My Reports section can be run edited and scheduled in the same manner as standard reports Each user can have up to 100 customized reports saved in My Reports To c
194. heck box the New Password dialog appears Type the password in the New Password field retype the password in the Verify Password and then click Save 5 Optionally you can share the template with groups or other account members To share a template e Inthe Groups tab select the groups that will have access to the template Click Select All to select all the groups in the list All templates are automatically shared with the Administrators group e Click the Members tab Select the members that will have access to the template Click Select All to select all the members in the list Note Due to the way Group and Member template access is tracked Members that are part of a selected Group are not shown as selected when viewing the Members tab 6 Go to the Documents for Signature section to add documents to the template Adding Documents to a Template In the Documents for Signature section you add documents from your computer or an online external document 1 Select the source of your document Documents for Signature Browse from my Computer of Choose an Online Document e To upload documents from your computer click Browse from my Computer the File Upload dialog box is displayed Locate the file on your computer or network and click Open The 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 186 document is
195. hor Anchors the tag to the specified word s in the envelope See Using Anchor Text for more information on using the anchor feature Formatting Properties e Text Style These options are used to set the font type size and color for the text in this tag This allows you to match the text formatting in your documents Conditional Fields See Using Conditional Fields for more Information about conditional fields e Parent Tab Selects the Parent Tab for the Conditional Field e Parent Value Sets the value used to activate this field 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Email Address Tag Place this tag on the document where you want the recipient s email address as entered when adding the recipient to the envelope to appear The following properties can be edited for this tag Basic Properties e Recipient This shows the recipient associated with the tag If there are multiple recipients in the envelope you can use this list to select the recipient associated with the tag e Label A unique identifier for the tag This is only seen by the sender and in the Form Data for the envelope Location From left and From top These fields show the position of the Email Address tf 2 tag on the document and can be used to manually set the position e Anchor Anchors the tag to the specified word s
196. ick the Create Reading Zones button PERFORMANCE OF THE UNDERLYING INVESTMENT VALUE OF THE REFUND YOU RECEIVE Signature of Applicant 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide After placing the reading zone a numbered box appears adjacent to the reading zone The number is the order in which the screen reader will read the reading zones 20 gt e You can change the order number for a reading zone by clicking on the Properties icon for the zone and typing a new number and press ENTER e You can adjust the size of the reading zone by placing your cursor on the lower right edge of the zone until a double headed arrow appears click and drag your cursor to change the size of the zone e You can move the reading zone by placing your cursor over the reading zone until a four headed arrow appears click and drag the zone to place it in the correct location e You can delete a reading zone by placing your cursor over the reading zone until a four headed arrow appears click and then drag it off the screen 5 Repeat step 4 to add more reading zones to the document 6 Complete and save the template Exporting Reading Zone Information Exporting reading zone information allows you to use the accessibility support feature when sending through the API this feature is supported in both the DocuSign SOAP and REST APIs Th
197. ient has completed signing and a message stating that they have completed signing and the documents have been received is displayed They are given the option of downloading a PDF copy of the documents printing a copy of the documents or viewing the completed document Sign On Paper Option Sometimes signers prefer to sign a document using pen on paper The Sign on Paper feature allows signers to sign documents on paper while still allowing you to take advantage of DocuSign s ability to store and manage documents electronically This section shows how signers would use the Print amp Sign Sign On Paper option in the new and previous signing experiences New Signing Experience The welcome and instructions along with any messages from the sender is shown at the top of the browser 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 160 Please Review amp Act on These Documents Powered by Docu Sign Steve Anderson GenvwWatt Inc PRIVATE MESSAGE Bob here is the document we talked about Please fill out and sign your parking application View Less Mj lagree to use Electronic Records and Signatures Private Message OTHER ACTIONS Click OTHER ACTIONS to access the Print amp Sign option To print and sign your documents click OTHER ACTIONS OTHER ACTIONS FINISH LATER PRINT amp SIGN P
198. ient icon Name Bulk Recipient Bulk Recipient If you want to add a recipient after the bulk recipient file recipients add the recipient normally Add the Email Subject Email messages and select any Envelope Settings normally Click Next to add tags On the Add Tags page select Bulk Recipient in the To line or Tag for list and then click and drag a tag from the palette and drop it on the document Manage Dashboards To Bulk Recipient Please DocuSign this document NewAccount pdf Message Tag for Bulk Recipient v Custom New Account Agreement Signature ka Optional Signature To complete your application for a new account please provide the following informa hoto ID Open the tag properties and modify the tag information as needed Reminder When adding tags that have information in the bulk recipient file ensure that the Label name used for the tag is the same as the one used in the file 10 After adding all the needed tags you can Preview and Send the envelope normally The system sends a separate envelope to each recipient in the bulk recipient file The envelopes are listed as separate envelopes in the Sent folder in the Manage tab If envelope information needs to be corrected you will use the Correct feature for each individual envelope 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experienc
199. ient received Envelopes Requiring Signature The number of envelopes that this recipient was required to sign Envelopes Not Signed The number of envelopes that this recipient was required to sign but has not signed Completion Rate The percentage of envelopes completed by the recipient Average Time to Complete The average time from when envelopes were sent until they were completed by the recipient e Recipient Authentication Report This report provides information about the authentication methods used to verify the identity of users for the selected report parameters The available information columns for the Recipient Authentication Report are shown below Columns marked with an asterisk are default report settings Columns can be added or removed from the report by customizing the report 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Recipient Authentication Bas Report Column Description The recipient s name The recipient s email address Access Code Attempts The total number Access Code attempts made by the recipient for the report period Access Code Failures The total number Access Code failures for the recipient for the report period ID Check Attempts The total number ID Check attempts made by the recipient for the report period ID Check Failures The total number ID Check failures
200. ient roles signing tags and information fields Templates can also contain the signing instructions for the document and any signature attachments When there are some differences in the information needed for a document a sender can still use a template to provide some recipient and tag information while still allowing the sender to make additions and changes to the document before sending Template Last Modified and Used Information Templates that are created or modified after June 6 2014 will show the date the template was last modified and the name of the user that modified the template To view the information select a template and view the information in the Detail Panel Envelope Status Template Envelope Subject Please DocuSign this document General Agreement Form pdt Modified 5 13 2014 8 18 17 AM PT Steve Anderson steve anderson_ds yahoo Pages 1 2 1 Created by Steve Anderson steve anderson_ds yahoo com 6 20 2013 11 50 21 AM PT 2 Recipient 0 Signer 1 at route Signer 1 3 Recipient Signer 2 at route Signer 1 4 Recipient Steve Anderson steve anderson_ds yahoo com Legal CC at route CarbonCopy 2 Additionally you can get a quick view of when a template was last used or modified by placing your cursor over the template Auto Match icon shared Auto Match Name ar Confidentiality Agreement steve Anderson Template will try to be Auto Matched Last Used Tue 5 13 14 tepe Anderson
201. ific Users Specific Groups Available Select all Filter by Name Selected Select All Steve Anderson a steve anderson_ds yahoo com Add gt Steve Wright swright amica com lt lt Remove Tom Test ttest_ds yahoo com Appearance Options These options are available to all users but vary depending on the report being customized The Appearance Options set the columns that are shown in the report See the report description for information on the columns that are available for each report You can add a column from the Available Columns list by selecting it and clicking Add gt gt or by clicking and dragging the column to Selected Columns You can remove a column from the Selected Columns list by selecting it and clicking Removes gt gt or by clicking and dragging the column to Available Columns You can also select and move multiple columns 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide You can change the order in which columns appear in the report by selecting the column and using the up or down arrow buitons to the right of Selected Columns or by clicking and dragging the column to the proper position Scheduling Reports Scheduling allows users to set when a report is run and optionally set up a list of people that will receive a copy of the report by email Reports are delivered to the email recipients as a zipped fil
202. ignature The first time the signer clicks a Sign Here or Initial tag the signer is asked to adopt a signature and initials e To adopt a signature the signer verifies that the signing name and initials are correct The signer can change the name or initials as needed by typing in the Full Name and Initials e The signer chooses if they will select a preformatted signature style or if they will draw their signature Note If the browser is HIML5 capable and the sender has enabled this option the signer can click Draw to write out their own custom signature If the signer chooses to use a preformatted style they can click Change Style to view and select a signature style This style is used for all signatures and initials in the document lf the signer chooses to draw their signature they click Draw to show the blocks for adding their signature or initials In the Draw your signature or Draw your Initials block they draw their signature initials using a mouse or for a touch screens their finger or a stylus If they make a mistake they can click Clear to reset the block e The signer clicks Adopt and Sign adopt and save their signature information and return to the document Note A signature or initial can be removed from the document by clicking on the signature or initial The signature initial is replaced with a signature initial tag 7 After the signer has completed adding information to all the required tags in the env
203. ing Documents from your Recipients Using DocuSign you can request supporting documents from your recipients and allow them to provide those documents by fax or upload as an attachment to the DocuSign envelope during the signing process Note Signer Attachments are only supported in DocuSign Business Business Premium Enterprise System Automated SA DocuSign for REALTORS and DocuSign for Real Estate plans This feature might not be enabled for your account To access this feature contact your Account Manager or DocuSign Support Support docusign com for assistance The process to request that a recipient provide supporting documents is similar to the standard procedure for sending documents for electronic signatures The additional steps to request a document are shown in this procedure 1 Create a new envelope Add documents recipients Email Subject and Email messages select any Envelope Settings and add tags to the documents normally 2 Select the recipient that will provide the document the document Tag for rod a H FAE Standard Custom cn MO ae Optional Signature Initial Date Date Signed cawan al ae a Modify the Properties for the tag as needed Repeat this step to add additional document requests Note In order to add multiple Signer Attachment tags the Allow Multiple Signer Attachments option must be enabled for your account To access this functionality contact your Account
204. ing Started Awaiting my Signature amp Expiring Soon Out For Signature E Completed AL Download and use DocuSign Ink Apps ee See All Envelope Statuses mm vite a trend DocuSign ID Card Steve Anderson steve anderson_ds yahoo com DocuSigned by Stw dndersow T44F952CB82A438 DocuSign The following figure provides an overview of the different sections of the Classic DocuSign Experience The different sections are described on the next page Navigation Panel GenWatt Inc 36874 Navigation Tabs MEUG Send Dashboards rim Current Filter From 03 08 2013 To Now Actions Y Search Envelopes Q Subject Please DocuSign this document NDA 2_pdf Sent Status 8 30 2013 1 36 32 PM PT 8 28 2013 7 53 07 AM PT Completed 8 30 2013 1 42 24 PM PT Y Envelopes amp Inbox wies Sent 50 Add Folder To Kevin Smith Steve Anderson Completed Please DocuSign this document NDA 2 pdf In Process g Sales Envelopes Draft ji Deleted wv Search Folders s Awaiting my Signature Expiring Soon es Out for Signature ex Completed Dave Schueler David Jones Kevin Smith Kevin Smith Dave Schueler Dave Schueler Steve Anderson Document Correct Test Hidden Sender Test Hidden Sender Test Test of First Name Please DocuSign this document Questions PW pdf 8 23 2013 11 00 47 AM PT 8 14 2013 10 58 07 AM PT 8 14 2013 10 53 54 AM PT 7 17 2013 1 05 3
205. ing the anchor feature Formatting Properties e Text Style These options are used to set the font type size and color for the text in this tag This allows you to match the text formatting in your documents Conditional Fields See Using Conditional Fields for more Information about conditional fields e Parent Tab Selects the Parent Tab for the Conditional Field e Parent Value Sets the value used to activate this field 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Decline Tag Place this tag on the document where you want to give the recipient the option of declining an envelope If the recipient clicks the Decline tag during the signing process the envelope is voided The following properties can be edited for this tag Basic Properties e Recipient This shows the recipient associated with the tag If there are multiple recipients in the envelope you can use this list to select the recipient associated with the tag e Label A unique identifier for the tag This is only seen by the sender and in the Form Data for the envelope e Tool Tip The text a recipient sees when they position their cursor over the tag when signing a document You can specify a tool tip for the tag to provide help for your recipient Location e From left and From top These fields show the position of the tag on the document
206. ion about conditional fields e Parent Tab Selects the Parent Tab for the Conditional Field e Parent Value Sets the value used to activate this field 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Date Signed Tag Place this tag on the document where you want the date the recipient signed the document to appear The following properties can be edited for this tag Basic Properties e Recipient This shows the recipient associated with the tag If there are multiple recipients in the envelope you can use this list to select the recipient associated with the tag e Label A unique identifier for the tag This is only seen by the sender and in the Form Data for the envelope Location e From left and From top These fields show the position of the i FE tag on the document and can be used to manually set the Date Signed position e Anchor Anchors the tag to the specified word s in the envelope See Using Anchor Text for more information on using the anchor feature Formatting Properties e Text Style These options are used to set the font type size and color for the text in this tag This allows you to match the text formatting in your documents Conditional Fields See Using Conditional Fields for more Information about conditional fields e Parent Tab Selects the Parent Tab for the Conditional Fi
207. ion you add recipients and optionally set the routing order and add identification methods If the template you selected uses a bulk recipient file you can review the bulk recipients and upload a new bulk recipient file See Sending a Template with Bulk Recipients for more information 1 When sending from a template placeholders for the recipients have already been added to the envelope Replace the placeholder recipient Email and Role Name information with the Email and Name of your recipient Order Email Name Action Identify 1 EE Applicant require Sign v Email v z steve anderson_ds yahoo com EE Steve Anderson Sign Email 2 You can add additional recipients by typing the Recipients Email address and Name in the appropriate field As you type the system will provide suggestions to auto fill the fields based on entries in your Address Book Click Add Signer to add the recipient to the list with a Sign recipient Action or click Add CC to add the recipient to the list with a Receive a copy recipient Action Recipients and Routing Recipient Email EZ Add Me Recipient Name Add Signer Add Cc 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 3 You can change the Actions and Identify options for any recipients you add 4 Repeat steps 1 through 3 to add additional recipients e If you have multiple recipients yo
208. ipients that signed a document before the changes were made are given a new opportunity to review and approve the changes before any document is finalized Note The Field Markup feature is only supported in DocuSign Business Business Premium Enterprise System Automated SA DocuSign for REALTORS and DocuSign for Real Estate plans Your account may not support this option To access this functionality contact your Account Manager or DocuSign Support Support docusign com for assistance Enabling Field Markup Only the Data Field Check Box Radio Button and Drop Down tags can be enabled for Field Markup The process for sending an envelope with Field Markup is similar to the normal process for sending an envelope The changes to the normal process are described in the following procedure Note Field Markup cannot be used with In Person Signing Additionally if Document Markup is enabled for the envelope Field Markup is allowed on all tags that allow Field Markup even if Allow all to edit is not selected on the individual tags 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 102 1 Create anew envelope Add documents recipients Email Subject and Email messages and Envelope Settings normally Note You might want to add a note to your recipients informing them that they can use the field markup feature 2 Add tag
209. ir computer e Clicks Browse and selects the file to upload e Clicks Complete to upload the documents e After the documents have been uploaded the signing process is completed 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Signer Attachments This section shows how signers would add attachments in the new and previous signing experiences New Signing Experience When you reach an attachment field you are prompted to click the attachment field to add the supporting document Click the yellow attachment field to add a document OTHER ACTIONS Q Qa 6 a Date 9 16 2014 Docu Sign English US vw Terms Of Use amp Privacy v Copyright 2014 DocuSign Inc The next steps you take depends on how you are submitting the requested documents by uploading them or by faxing them Follow the appropriate instructions below to submit the documents Uploading Your Documents If you want to upload the requested document you must have an electronic copy Such as a scanned copy of the document saved as a file on your computer Click the attachment field the Add Your Attachment dialog box is shown ADD YOUR ATTACHMENT Upload your attachment Browse SEND BY FAX Click Browse and select the file to upload The system attaches the file as a new page after the current page and replaces the attachment
210. it editable by the recipient The default is editable not locked Fixed Length option This sets the maximum number of characters for the tag Shared option Select to allow other users to use this custom tag 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide e Include Note in Email option If the tag Type is Note select this option to have the note appear in the email sent to the recipient 7 Click Save to save the custom tag The custom tag is ready for use Adding a Custom Tag to a Document The method for adding a custom tag to your document is similar to adding a standard DocuSign tag 1 Start an envelope normally When you are ready to add a custom tag click on the Custom tag palette your custom tags and any shared custom tags are shown in the tag palette Tag for Kevin Smith kevinsmitt gt Current Method Demo Preference Department Interest Your custom tags and shared custom HR Processes tags Legal Processes Process Cost Process Time 2 Find the custom tag you want to add to the document then click and drag the tag onto the document and drop it 3 Finish adding any other tags and send the envelope normally Editing Custom Tags You can edit a custom tag from your Preferences or from the Custom tag palette while adding the tags 1 Go to the list of custom tags e From th
211. ith Adobe Form Fields e To move a document up or down in the order of appearance click on the grip icon associated with the document and drag the document to the new location e o remove a document click the remove icon associated with that document 4 After all documents are added go to the Recipients section to add envelope recipients Adding Recipients to Your Envelope In the Recipients and Routing section you add recipients and optionally set the routing order and add identification methods The routing order sets the order in which recipients receive and can act on documents in the envelope Recipients with the same routing order receive and can act on envelopes at the same time in parallel while recipients with different routing orders receive and act on envelopes in sequential order 1 Type the Recipient s Email address and Name in the appropriate field As you type the system will provide suggestions to auto fill the fields based on entries in your Address Book Click Add Signer to add the recipient to the list with a Sign recipient Action or click Add CC to add the recipient to the list with a Receive a copy recipient Action Recipients and Routing Recipient Email EZ Add Me Recipient Name Add Signer Add CC Of Add Bulk Recipient Sending to recipients with the same Email address You can send an envelope to people that share an email address by adding the first person normally Then add the s
212. itials block they draw their signature initials using a mouse or for a touch screens their finger or a stylus If they make a mistake they can click Clear to reset the block Note Signers can return to the preformatted signature styles by clicking Select Style gt Finally the signer clicks Adopt and Sign to adopt and save their signature information and return to the document 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Signature and Initials Formatting The appearance of the signature and initials depends on your account setting Your customer administrator can set if the signatures and initials on documents including the Certificate of Completion for envelopes sent by the account appear with or without the DocuSign eSignature format For more information about the DocuSign eSignature format and why to use it see the Account Administrator Reference Guide DocuSigned by DS Stuur ludersow SA Stu luduson SA 744F952CB92A43B DocuSign eSignature format enabled DocuSign eSignature format disabled To determine the settings for your account check with your administrator Other Actions The Other Actions menu is available in the new signing experience and this section provides more information about the other actions available to signers Clicking OTHER ACTIONS shows the options available to signers while signing d
213. l tag appears to the right of the field This indicates that changing the field information requires initialing the change The initial tag is placed in the right hand margin of the document An example of this is shown below with the small initial tag indicating that changes to the field must be initialed by the signer making the change al offices at 123 Main St Bend CN l 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide After making a change to the field the recipient initials the change and completes signing the document The document is then sent to the next recipient and to signers that have already completed signing Reviewing a Document with Field Markup Changes If another recipient makes changes to a document you have signed by changing information in a tag an email message is sent to you saying that there are suggested changes to the document and who made the changes When you open the document an initial tag is added in the document s right hand margin on the same line where any changes are located Note If you had previously made a change to a tag and that tag was modified by another signer your initials from your previous change are removed from the document However the information about the change is retained in the document history gt Hide Basic Nondisclosure Agreement vY NonDiscl ma hto
214. lculation using other tags in an envelope or template The tags used in the formula are called reference tags The special conditions and limitations associated with Formula tags are e Formula tags cannot be used if document markup is enabled for the envelope the Envelope Setting Allow recipient s to edit the document s is selected e Formula tags are always locked Envelope recipients cannot directly enter information into the tags The Formula tag calculates and displays a new value when changes are made to the reference tag values e Formula tags can be used as Payment Processing tags e A Formula tag cannot be used as an Anchor tag e Formula tags only work across multiple documents in an envelope if the Account Administration Features Data Population Scope setting is set to Envelope The special conditions and limitations associated with reference tags are e Reference tags must use numbers or dates If a Data Field tag is used as reference tag it must use the Number or Date mask e A reference tag cannot be a shared tag Allow All to Edit cannot be selected for the tag e The maximum number of characters displayed in a Formula tag is fifteen Tips for Building a Formula The formulas built in a Formula tag can use the basic math operations of addition subtraction multiplication division and rounding The operators used in the formula are plus sign for addition minus sign for subtraction
215. lectronic file version of the documents for example scan the documents and save them as a file on your computer e Click UPLOAD to upload your completed documents Note In some cases you might be automatically logged off from the signing process when printing signing and creating an electronic file takes too long If you are logged off you can return to the documents to upload them using the link in the email that was originally sent to you Just follow steps 1 2 and 3 to access the Print amp Sign dialog Select the signed electronic file version of your document to upload The file is uploaded and the file name is shown adjacent to the UPLOAD button If you selected the incorrect file click remove to remove the file and then upload the correct file Print amp Sign 1 How would you like to return your signed document Upload Fax 2 Please download review and sign your document DOWNLOAD 3 Retum the document to DocuSign UPLOAD ReplacementNotice pdf remove e Click COMPLETE to upload the file e Goto Step 4 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Faxing Your Documents If you want to fax the document Print amp Sign 1 How would you like to return your signed document O Upload Fax 2 Please download review and sign your document DOWNLOAD CANCEL e Select the radio butt
216. losure This option shows the Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure for the envelope View History View Certificate Change Signer Decline Change Signer This option is used to send this document to another person to sign You will be asked to provide the Sign on Paper new signer s name email address and a reason for changing the signer The reason for changing the signer is sent to the person that sent the document along with the new signer s name and email Decline This option lets you decline to sign the document You are asked to provide a message for the person that sent the document telling them why you have declined to sign Sign on Paper This option lets you print and sign the document on paper See the Sign on Paper section for more information about using this option In some cases this option might not be available Finish Later This option lets you exit the signing process You can return to sign the document later by using the link in the email notification 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Free Form Signing lf the free form signing option is used recipients can place tags in the document as needed In the new signing experience the free form signing menu is persistent on the left side of the browser while the current experience uses a collapsing menu format bugn Signatur
217. ly copied to other check boxes with the same label e Tool Tip The text a recipient sees when they position their cursor over the tag when signing a document You can specify a tool tip for the tag to provide help for your recipient Location e From left and From top These fields show the position of the tag on the document and can be used to manually set the position e Anchor Anchors the tag to the specified word s in the envelope See Using Anchor Text for more information on using the anchor feature Formatting Properties e Locked You can choose to lock the tag so that the information cannot be changed or make it editable by the recipient The default is editable not locked Conditional Fields See Using Conditional Fields for more Information about conditional fields e Parent Tab Selects the Parent Tab for the Conditional Field e Parent Value Sets the value used to activate this field 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Radio Button Tag Place this tag on the document in a location where the recipient can select an option See Using Check Boxes and Radio Buttons for more information about when and how to use radio buttons The following properties can be edited for this tag Basic Properties e Recipient This shows the recipient associated with the tag If there are multiple
218. m iT IE I prm er mhl Sharing Existing Templates Sharing a template allows other users to access and use the template to send envelopes You can change the sharing options for existing templates through the Classic DocuSign Experience Manage tab or by opening each template and editing it The My Templates folder contains the templates you have created or own You can only share templates you created or own with groups and other users Note If you are an administrator for the account you will see an additional All Account Templates folder that has all the templates shared or unshared in the account Administrators can share any template with groups and users 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide To share existing templates 1 With the Manage navigation tab selected in the Templates section of the navigation panel click the My Templates folder 2 Find and select the template you want to share You can select multiple templates 3 Click Actions and then select Share The Template Sharing dialog box is displayed Template Shanng Groups Members Select All Administrators LJ Everyone C Sales Save Cancel If you selected multiple templates to share a blank box indicates all the templates are not shared with any Groups Members a checked box indicates the templates are shared with all the Groups Memb
219. mail locked and Name locked checkboxes to prevent the Agent Manage envelopes or Address recipients recipient type from changing the recipient s email or name If the name or email is left blank or if the email is not in a proper email format the Agent can always edit the information If the Agent and additional recipients are in the same routing order the locked checkboxes are ignored e Optionally select Authentication Options Phone Authentication ID Check and Access Code for the recipient Repeat this step to add any additional recipients Add the Email Subject and Email messages select any Envelope Settings and add tags normally send the envelope The envelope is sent to any recipients that precede the reviewer in order and then to the reviewer When a reviewer receives the envelope what the reviewer sees and the actions the reviewer can take depend on the Action selected for the reviewer The next two sections describe what reviewers see and the actions they can take What a Manage Envelope Reviewer Sees The recipient assigned as a Manage envelope reviewer receives an email asking them to review the documents in the envelope and to provide contact information for the recipients the reviewer represents for the transaction The reviewer clicks the Review Documents link in the email is taken to the login page for the DocuSign web application and asked to log on After logging on the reviewer is taken to the document and a messag
220. make the tag required or optional for the recipient The default is required e Locked If you provide information for a tag you can choose to lock the tag so that the information cannot be changed or make it editable by the recipient The default is editable not locked Conditional Fields See Using Conditional Fields for more Information about conditional fields e Parent Tab Selects the Parent Tab for the Conditional Field e Parent Value Sets the value used to activate this field Note Tag Place this tag on the document where you want additional information on a document for a recipient The following properties can be edited for this tag Basic Properties e Recipient This shows the recipient associated with the tag If there are multiple recipients in the envelope you can use this list to select the recipient associated with the tag e Allow All to View Select this option to allow all recipients to view the note e Include in email Select this option to include the note in the email and on the document e Label A unique identifier for the tag This is only seen by the sender and in the Form Data for the envelope e Tool Tip The text a recipient sees when they position their cursor over the tag when signing a document You can specify a tool tip for the tag to provide help for your recipient e Note The text of the note for the recipient You might need to resize the note tag after typing the text Loc
221. mple With the Round to decimal places setting at 2 if a calculated result is 1 047 the displayed result would be 1 05 If the calculated result is 1 044 the displayed result would be 1 04 Most formulas are built using the Label of reference tags in the formula instead of anumber This allows the inputs to the formula to be variable It is important to use unique and distinct Labels for the reference tags The reference tag can be added to the Formula field using the Insert Tag Name drop down list select the tag and click Insert to add it or by typing the tag Label inside brackets The Label for tags that cannot be used as reference tags do not appear in the Insert Tag Name drop down list Date Tags and Date Operators Date Signed tags and Data Field tags with a Date mask can be used as reference tags in a Formula tag There are special operators that can be used with the date information The operators are explained below along with some examples of use e Day difference calculator The DateDiff d1 d2 operator provides a number that is the difference between two reference date fields d1 d2 e Current day of month operator The Day d operator provides the current day of the month for the referenced date field d It will have a value of 1 through 31 e Days in month operator The Days d operator provide the number of days in the month for the referenced date field d Important The date operators cannot be used with value
222. n Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide e Inthe envelope History there is an entry each time a digital certificate is applied The order of history events is the certificate is authorized the envelope is signed and finally the certificate is applied to the envelope not to each document ff2f2014 Bob Stack English Recipient DocuSign Express digital certificate Delivered 2 4340 PM US Certificate authorized via Recipient authorization Web 192 166 11 1349 Authorized Reason approve this document Location Waco TX Company Stack Industries ff2f2014 Bob Stack English signed Bob Stack signed the envelope Completed 2 43 45 PM US Web 192 168 11 134 1 2 2014 Bob Stack English Recipient DocuSign Express digital certificate Completed 2 43 57 PM US Certificate applied Web 192 168 11 54 7 Applied e Inthe Certificate of Completion there are four entries in the Signer Events section that show Digital Certificate information Signer Events Signature Bob Stack DeciSigreed by bstack mailnesia com a Dol Stack Security Level Email Account Authentication FREDOA SEO TA None Digital Certificate Signer Certificate Applied Using IP Address 1927 168 11 134 Issuer DocuSign Express Digital Signature Signer Certificate Type DocuSign Express Digital Signature Signer Certificate Reason approve this document Signer Certificate Location Waco TX Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure Accepted
223. n Experience User Guide You can also click Send to send the envelope Reviewing and Sending an Envelope 1 Before sending an envelope you have the option to preview how your recipient will see the tags by clicking Preview Last Saved 3 46 16 PM DocuSiger Home Manage Send Dashboards e Kevin Smith kevinsmith_DS yahoo com David Jones david jones_ds yahoo com To Please DocuSign this document New Account Message Tag for DANa AERA B S ge of ie Documents Kevin Smith kevinsmit a wNewAcco an New Account Agreement Exit Preview lt Auto Advance P To complete your application for a new account please provide the following information and a i ma Full Name Tag copy ofa photo ID Properties Label Full Name From top 364 0625 re 2 5 From left 304 6875 Nii Full Name Address Ll City State ko Signature TA 7 T Date Date Signed b Send lt GoBack Save Drat Discard Changes E Use Advanced Sending Select the recipient you want to preview tags for and use the arrowhead icons to advance or move back Alternately you can click Auto Advance to automatically cycle through the tags Click Exit Preview or lt Go Back to return to the Add Tags page 2 When you have added all the needed tags and are done previewing the envelope click Send The envelope is sent and you are returned to the Manage tab 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866
224. n be used e Field exceeds max length of Value chars The provided value has too many characters The value must be shortened before the file can be used e You have exceeded the maximum number of 1000 recipients The file has more than 1 000 recipients A Bulk Recipient file can have a maximum of 1 000 recipients e Field contains invalid characters The value in the field has one or more of the following characters lt gt or amp The character must be removed before the file can be used e Field invalid email format The email format is not in the standard XXX XXXX XXX format The email must be corrected before the file can be used e Field Valuef not a valid Identification The value must be one of the identification methods listed in the Building a Bulk Recipient File section e Field account not configured for Value Your account is not configured to use the listed recipient authentication method Contact support if you feel this is an error e PhoneNumber must contain valid phone If the identification entered was phone the value for this field must be a valid telephone number or usersuppliea e File must contain a Column column The file does not contain the required Name or Email column You must add this column before the file can be used e Column is not a supported column The file contains a column that is not Supported by the Bulk Recipient feature You have probably tried to upload
225. n for REALTORS and DocuSign for Real Estate plans Your account may not support this option To access this functionality contact your Account Manager or DocuSign Support support docusign com for assistance You must have one of the following PayPal account types to use this feature e PayPal Payments Advanced U S only e PayPal Payments Pro U S only e Payflow Pro U S and Canada only e Payflow Link U S and Canada only IMPORTANT DocuSign requires you to enter your PayPal account Partner Merchant Login PayPal uses the terms Merchant Login and Vendor interchangeably User and Password information This information is created when you establish your PayPal account and PayPal expects you to manage your credential information If you do not know this all of this information contact the PayPal Support Center for assistance See the Using Payment Processing Feature quick start guide or Account Administration Reference Guide for information about setting up your DocuSign account with PayPal How It Works Payment Processing allows you to collect payments through your PayPal account from your signers while they are signing your documents After enabling Payment Processing and entering your PayPal account information you can designate Data Field Drop Down and Formula tags as payment tags in your envelopes When creating an envelope or template just place a tag on a document open the tag Properties and specify that a
226. n move envelopes into other folders in the Envelopes section in the navigation panel Note You cannot move envelopes into or out of the Draft folder 1 Find and select the envelope you want to correct using one of the methods described in Searching for Envelopes 2 Click and drag the envelope to the new folder The envelope is moved to the new folder 3 Repeat this until you have moved all the envelopes you want to move Adding a Folder You can customize your folder layout by adding new folders to your current folder structure You can add new folders to the Envelopes and Templates sections in the navigation panel You can add a folder at the same level as the main folders or under the main folders in the Envelopes section except for the Draft folder You can also add a folder under the Templates folder e To add a folder on the same level as the main folders in the Envelopes section select the Draft folder and click Add Folder A folder named New Folder appears at the bottom of the list Double click on the New Folder and type the name or the folder e To add a folder under an Envelopes section main folder or the Templates folder click on the folder you want to add the new folder below and then click Add Folder A folder named New Folder appears below the selected folder Double click on the New Folder and type the name or the folder Deleting a Folder You can delete the folders that you have created in your web applic
227. n number Note DocuSign does not validate the format of phone numbers entered into the Address Book When you go to the extension field after typing a Phone number a new blank phone number line is added to the Address Book Item An Address Book contact can have a maximum of 4 phone numbers associated with it Add Address Book Item Name Email Account Phone Country Code Home US Canada Shared E Save Cancel Close A phone number can be deleted by clicking the red x adjacent to the telephone number Finding a contact If you have a large number of contacts in your address book there are several ways to search for a specific contact Address Book drop down list This drop down list allows you to select from the address book Personal Contacts Shared Contacts or other address books used to look for a contact Contact your account administrator if you think you should see more address books 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 218 Find This is a search function for the selected address book Select the column you want to search in by clicking on the column header type a search term into the Find field and click Find Contacts that meet the search term are displayed in the list Sort Click on a column header to sort your contacts by that column 4 Sharing and Unsharing contacts
228. n on using the anchor feature Formatting Properties e Require Signer Review After Upload If the recipient sends the documents by fax selecting this option requires the recipient to verify the faxed documents are correct before the envelope is complete After the fax is received by DocuSign the recipient receives a new email asking them to verify the documents The default is not required Conditional Fields See Using Conditional Fields for more Information about conditional fields e Parent Tab Selects the Parent Tab for the Conditional Field e Parent Value Sets the value used to activate this field 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Full Name Tag Place this tag on the document where you want the recipient s name to appear The following properties can be edited for this tag Basic Properties e Recipient This shows the recipient associated with the tag If there are multiple recipients in the envelope you can use this list to select the recipient associated with the tag e Label A unique identifier for the tag This is only seen by the sender and in the Form Data for the envelope Location e From left and From top These fields show the position of the tag on the document and can be used to manually set the position e Anchor Anchors the tag to the specified word s in the envelope
229. n popular PDF clients like Adobe Reader to review the Signature and X 509 information for the completed envelope PDF This dialog allows you to view the details of a certificate and its entire issuance chain The details correspond to the selected entry Show all certification paths found E Adobe Root CA amp Entrust CA for Adobe DocuSign Inc lt 0 DocuSign Inc lt operations docusign com gt P Docu ign Inc Issued by Entrust CA for Adobe Entrust Inc Valid from 2012 11 28 13 57 48 07 00 Validto 2014 12 20 18 13 36 07 00 Intended usage Sign transaction Sign document Encrypt keys Acrobat Authentic Documents The selected certificate path is valid The path validation and revocation checks were done as of the signing time 2014 07 03 09 05 14 07 00 Validation Model Shell Agent Managed Envelopes There might be times when you as a sender must manage a complex brokered transaction where you do not know the contact information for the all recipients and signers for a transaction However 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 90 you do know the agents or brokers for those recipients who can add in the contact information needed to complete the transaction This type of transaction can be completed by using agent managed envelopes in the DocuSign Service Note Agent manage
230. n the document it automatically places the signature tag next to the text Tags that are anchored have an anchor symbol Creating Custom Tags The information needed for creating a custom tag is similar to the information in the Properties dialog box of a standard DocuSign Tag i 1 From the Classic DocuSign Experience click your profile image at the top of the application and select Preferences Steve Anderson GenWatt Inc Select to view your Preferences 36874 Switch Accounts Help Logout The Preferences page is displayed 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 68 2 Inthe Navigation Panel on the left side under the Member Options section click Custom Tags The list of your custom tags and shared custom tags is shown 3 Click Add the Custom Tags page appears Custom Tags Your Custom Tags F shared Label Type Approve Tool Tip Initial Value Font Default Font Size Default Font Style Default Regular Font Color Default Conceal entered value as characters Width pixels Height Max Characters Regex Pattern Validation Error Anchor The Form Field is Locked Fixed Size IM Relate to Salesforce Recipient Note Include Note in Email Save Cancel 4 Type a name for the custom tag in the Label field and select the Typ
231. n the documents You can only make changes to documents and tags if the Advanced Correct option is enabled for your account Check with your DocuSign administrator to learn if Advanced Correct is enabled Correcting Envelope Please Docusign this document NewAccou 3 Follow the same actions you would take for completing and sending the envelope If the envelope needs to be resent to a recipient select the Resend checkbox 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Order Delivery Email Fax Name Action Identify Re Send 1 jall kevinsmith_DS yahoo c E Kevin Smith Sign Email ID When all corrections and changes are completed click Correct to complete correcting and resend if selected the envelope You are then returned to the Manage tab Cloning an Envelope Cloning an envelope opens an envelope so it can be sent as a new envelope with all the same documents recipients and tags Information in the cloned envelope can be changed before it is sent 1 Find and select the envelope you want to correct using one of the methods described in Searching for Envelopes 2 Click Actions and then select Clone The envelope is opened in the Send navigation tab so that you can make changes to the envelope Follow the same actions you would take for completing and sending the envelope Moving Envelopes between Folders You ca
232. n your Address Book Recipient Actions After adding a recipient role you can select the Action for the recipient this sets the actions a recipient can perform When you add a recipient by clicking Add Signer the recipient Action is set to Sign When you add a recipient by clicking Add CC the recipient action is set to Receive a copy An envelope must have at least one Signer or Acknowledge receipt recipient The different recipient actions are described below e Sign Use this action if your recipient must sign initial date or add data to form fields on the documents in the envelope e Sign in person Use this action if the signer is in the same physical location as a DocuSign user who will act as a Signing Host for the transaction The recipient added is the Signing Host and new separate Signer Name field appears after Sign in person is selected Type the name of the signer in the Signer Name field See Sending for In Person Signing for more information about this recipient action e Acknowledge receipt Use this action if the recipient must receive the completed documents for the envelope to be completed but the recipient does not need to sign initial date or add information to any of the documents e Receive a copy Use this action if the recipient should get a copy of the envelope but the recipient does not need to sign initial date or add information to any of the documents This type of recipient can be placed in any order in the
233. nchor Anchors the tag to the specified word s in the envelope See Using Anchor Text for more information on using the anchor feature Formatting Properties e Characters per line and Lines This sets the maximum number of characters for the tag You can also adjust the length of the tag by clicking and dragging the arrow icon to the right of the tag e Text Style These options are used to set the font type size and color for the text in this tag This allows you to match the text formatting in your documents e Required You can choose to make the tag required or optional for the recipient The default is required e Locked If you provide information for a tag you can choose to lock the tag so that the information cannot be changed or make it editable by the recipient The default is editable not locked Conditional Fields See Using Conditional Fields for more Information about conditional fields e Parent Tab Selects the Parent Tab for the Conditional Field e Parent Value Sets the value used to activate this field 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Title Tag Place this tag on the document where you want the recipient s title to appear The following properties can be edited for this tag Basic Properties e Recipient This shows the recipient associated with the tag If there are m
234. ncisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Using the Intermediary Recipient Feature There might be times when a sender wants to include a recipient to an envelope that is notified about the envelope and can but is not required to add or change some recipient information This type of transaction can be completed by adding an intermediary recipient to the envelope Note The intermediary recipient type is only supported in DocuSign Business Business Premium Enterprise System Automated SA DocuSign for REALTORS and DocuSign for Real Estate plans Your account may not support this option To access this functionality contact your Account Manager or DocuSign Support Support docusign com for assistance The process for adding an intermediary recipient is similar to the standard procedure for sending documents for electronic signatures This guide explains how the process works the additional steps needed to send an agent managed envelope and what the reviewers for these envelopes see when they receive an envelope How it Works The intermediary recipient type allows the sender to add a recipient in a DocuSign envelope that is notified about the envelope and can but is not required to add or change some recipient information The intermediary recipient type can only add or change name email access code and note information for the other recipients of an
235. nclude a second authentication option Access Code or SMS Authentication for the signer You cannot send the envelope until an option is set Identify Email Email E E Identity Check fie E Sign In Each Location Digital Certificate Digital Certificate DocuSign Express OpentTrust 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 4 Add any other authentication options for the recipient using the Identify list as needed 5 Add any other recipients for the envelope You are not required to set any authentication options or digital certificate requirements for the other recipients 6 Add the Email Subject and any Email messages and then select any Envelope Seitings Note The Allow recipient s to edit the document s option cannot be selected The email sent to the signer will explain that the signer must provide a digital signature or certificate to complete the envelope If this is the first time you have required a signer to apply a digital signature or certificate when signing DocuSign recommends that you include a message or note to the signer about the requirement 7 Add tags to the documents Recipients that are required to apply a digital certificate or signature must have at least one required Signature or Initials tag Note The Allow All to Edit option cannot be s
236. nd Grouping Radio Buttons Adding radio buttons to a document is a normal part of sending documents for electronic signatures Radio buttons also referred to as option buttons appear in documents as round buttons 1 Create anew envelope Add documents recipients Email Subject and Email messages and select any Envelope Seitings normally Start to add the tags normally Drag a Radio Button tag to the document and drop it on the document Click on the Properties icon adjacent to the Radio Button tag to open the Properties dialog box for the tag 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Radio Button Tag Properties Recipient signer 1 Step 2 E Allow All To Edit Group Radio Button 4 Type the Group name Value Type a Value for the selection Location Formatting Properties Conditional Fields Apply Cancel Delete Save as Custom 5 Type a name for the radio button Group The Group name is used to join together multiple radio buttons in the same group A recipient can only select one radio button in a group 6 Add the Value for the Radio Button This is the value that appears in the form data for the document if the radio button is selected Modify any other properties for the Radio Button tag el Click Apply to save the button information Note You can save the Radio button as
237. nd add documents to the envelope normally 2 Add recipients normally You can only require digital certificates or signatures for recipients with a Signer or In Person recipient action 3 For the recipient click on the Identify list and click the Digital Certificate list 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide e To require the signer apply a DocuSign Express Digital Signature select DocuSign Express from the list The Digital Certificate checkbox is automatically selected Identify Email Email E E Identity Check fie E Sign In Each Location Digital Certificate e To require the signer apply a SAFE BioPharma certificate select SAFE BioPharma from the list The Digital Certificate checkbox is automatically selected Note When requiring a SAFE BioPharma digital certificate from a signer you should ensure they have or can acquire the digital certificate DocuSign does not issue certificates for SAFE BioPharma Identify Email Email E E Identity Check fie El Sign In Each Location E Digital Certificate Digital Certificate e To require the signer apply an OpenTrust digital signature select OpenTrust from the list The Digital Certificate checkbox is automatically selected Note When requiring an OpenTrust digital signature you must i
238. ng anida All required fields complete Click Confinm Signing when you are ready You will have an opportunity to Save your copy on the next screen The signer can stay and review the document and make any changes to the information added and to optional information tags After the signer is done reviewing the document they click the Confirm Signing indicator The signer s information is saved and a message window stating the signer has completed the documents Is displayed The signer is given the option of downloading a PDF copy of the documents or printing a copy of the documents Additionally the signer can create a free DocuSign account and save the document in the account You can close the message window by clicking the X icon in the upper right corner You have completed your documents Save Your Document Securely Online FREE with DocuSign e View download or print your signed documents anytime e Legally sign documents with simple clicks on your computer or mobile device Email kevinsmith_DS yahoo com Password Share Your Experience Ej Recommend lt 18k Confirm Password Follow Us Ei agree to the Terms and Conditions Save My Document J After closing the message window the browser displays a website designated by the sender Authentication Options An important feature of DocuSign is the ability to add signer authentication to an envelope Signer authentication is a way t
239. nnot change the Delivery or Fax Number for the fax recipient e The fax recipient cannot be changed using Correct after the envelope is sent Fax recipients cannot be corrected if they are in the current routing UNLESS the fax delivery fails Fax recipients later in the routing CAN be edited after the envelope is sent 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Sending an Envelope with the Fax Out for Signature Feature Note The options and screens shown in your browser might be different from those shown in this guide depending on your account type and options If you have questions about the options available for your account contact your Account Manager or DocuSign Support Support docusign com for assistance The process for sending an envelope with a fax recipient is similar to the normal procedure for sending documents for electronic signatures The differences are explained in this procedure 1 Create a new envelope 2 Add documents to the envelope normally 3 Add recipients normally When you are ready to add a fax recipient e Type the name for the fax recipient and click Add Signer or Add CC e Inthe Delivery list select Fax Delivery Email Email e Type the recipient s fax number in the Email Fax field Order Delivery Email Fax Name Action identify e lf you have multiple recipients for t
240. normal procedure for creating a template The additional steps are shown in this procedure 1 Create a new envelope and upload the template you want to use 2 Review the bulk recipient file attached to the template by clicking the Bulk Recipient icon Name Bulk Recipient Bulk Recipient The Bulk Recipient List is opened Bulk Recipient List Name Email Note AccessCode Identification PhoneNumber 1 David Jones david jones_ds yahoo com Here is the ID Check document we discussed 2 Kevin Smith Kevinmith_DS yahoo com 2243 3 Elisabeth Bozick elisabeth bozick yahoo com Close 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide e Ifthe recipient information listed in the file is correct click Close e lf the information needs to be updated click Close and click Edit Bulk Recipient Select and upload the correct bulk recipient CSV file for the envelope 3 Complete sending the envelope normally Bulk Recipient File Errors lf the bulk recipient file you want to upload has errors the file is not uploaded and an error message is displayed The error message displays the file row with the error and an error description The messages are described below The information in the brackets is a variable that changes with the error information e Field Must not be blank You must add a value to the field before the file ca
241. nt This shows the recipient associated with the tag If there are multiple recipients in the envelope you can use this list to select the recipient associated with the tag e Label A unique identifier for the tag This is only seen by the sender and in the Form Data for the envelope Location e From left and From top These fields show the position of the tag on the document and can be used to manually set the position f Sign Here e Anchor Anchors the tag to the specified word s in the envelope See Using Anchor Text for more information on using the anchor feature Formatting Properties e Scale Sets the size of the tag The size can also be set by clicking and dragging the slider bar on the left side of the tag Conditional Fields See Using Conditional Fields for more Information about conditional fields e Parent Tab Selects the Parent Tab for the Conditional Field e Parent Value Sets the value used to activate this field 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Optional Signature Tag Place this tag where the recipient can sign if they wish it is not a required tag The following properties can be edited for this tag Basic Properties e Recipient This shows the recipient associated with the tag If there are multiple recipients in the envelope you can use this list to select the recipien
242. nt you will see an additional All Account Templates folder that has all the templates shared or unshared in the account Shared This section provides access to the folders of shared users for your account Depending on your account access you might not have any folders listed here 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Dashboards The Dashboards tab provides access to visual reports of your activity with the account GenWatt Inc Manage Dashboards Reports i psj Create v Current Filter From 03 08 2013 To Now Q Actions Y Dashboards A Overview elie eens Envelope Status Out for Signature Completed Envelopes Completed Envelopes Sent Envelopes Inbox co Envelope Status ent 5 d 5 iewe S E Viewed 5 E Completed 30 ia oided 5 Jeclined 4 s s 24 Hours 7 21 Days 24 Hours 7 21 Days Time to complete Time Since Request Total Envelopes 49 View All Envelopes View All Envelopes View All Envelopes Signature Activities Send From Templates Awaiting my Signature Sent Envelopes Click a link below to start a new envelope Please Docu Sign this document NDA 2 pdf Out for Signature New Template From Steve Anderson on 8 28 2013 at 7 53 Completed Declined TEST Voided 3 SCS_TRAINING_TEMPLATE_0710 Inbox Out for Signature Completed Declined Voided View All
243. nt and click Done You are returned to the Prepare Envelope page and separate Email Subject Email Message and Note fields are provided for each recipient e For each recipient type an Email Subject for the envelope Optionally type an Email Message and Note for the recipient 5 Optionally you can lock the email content the Subject Email Message and recipient Notes of the template by selecting Sender cannot edit Subject Message or Note This prevents senders from changing the content when they send an envelope with this template When a sender uses a template with locked email content they see the content but cannot make any changes or additions to it lf the email content is locked and the template Subject is left blank senders will be able to add a subject to the envelope Locking the email content will also prevent users from making changes to the email content when correcting envelopes 6 After the Email Message information is added scroll down go to the Envelope Settings section 7 The Envelope Settings section lets you set branding options recipient options reminders and expirations and sender settings for the template Note The options available in the Envelope Settings depend on your account type and settings This section provides information about the different options in the Envelope Settings section Envelope Settings Branding Select a brand for your recipients GenWatt C Don t allow sender to chan
244. nt cannot connect to the Internet and use their telephone at the same time Identity EmailID Email W Phone authentication Phone Authentication F Home 111 222 3333 Home 229 333 4444 Work 333 444 5555 US Canada re Ext W Recipient may provide To enable Phone Authentication select the Identity Check check box and then select Phone authentication from the list The Phone Authentication information for the recipient appears Important If phone authentication is selected and the system does not have a number to dial for the recipient either by allowing the recipient to enter a number or from the Address Book or by the entering a number you cannot complete the sending process o Select phone numbers that the recipient can choose from for use during the authentication phone call The phone numbers listed here are associated with the Address Book entry for the recipient If the recipient does not have any phone numbers in the Address Book or is not in your Address Book no numbers are shown o You can also select New Number to add a phone number for the recipient Select the Country for the phone number type the phone number and if the number has an extension type the extension number o Additionally you can select Recipient may provide to allow the recipient to type their own phone number e ID Check The ID Check option asks the recipient to provide some initial personal information current address is
245. nts cannot be changed e History This opens the envelope history in a new browser window e Certificate This opens the envelope certificate of completion in a new browser window e Export as CSV This allows you to export the information for the selected envelope s as a CSV file 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 142 e Resend only available for In Process envelopes This sends the envelope again without any changes to the envelope See Resending an Envelope for more information e Void only available for In Process envelopes This cancels the envelope You will be asked to provide a reason for voiding the envelope See Voiding an Envelope for more information 3 Click the close icon x or select Close Envelope from the More menu to close the envelope Collecting Envelope Form Data This section explains how to view and download information from information fields including concealed fields in a document The information can be downloaded as an XML or CSV file Note If your account has the data change view option enabled there is an additional column in the data showing the original values of a tag See the Viewing Changes to Envelope Data for more information about this 1 Find and select the envelope with the form data this can include concealed fields you want to collect using one of the method
246. o add another document to the envelope Important When you add or apply a template to an envelope and the template has a locked email subject and message the Sender cannot edit Subject Message or Note checkbox is selected in the template that subject and message is used for the envelope and cannot be 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 198 changed even if another locked template is subsequently added or applied to the envelope If you entered an email subject or message before adding or applying a locked template a warning message saying that the email subject and message will be overwritten with the email subject and message from the locked template is shown 5 You can make changes to the documents you ve uploaded as described below e You can view a PDF version of the document by clicking on the document image e You can change the name of the uploaded document by clicking in the document name field and typing a new name e To move a document up or down in the order of appearance click on the grip icon associated with the document and drag the document to the new location e o remove a document click the remove icon associated with that document 6 After all documents are added go to the Recipients section to add envelope recipients Recipients and Routing In the Recipients and Routing sect
247. o buttons so that the recipient only selects one option e For section D add two check boxes so that the recipient can select one two or no options 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Adding Check Boxes Adding check boxes to a document is a normal part of sending documents for electronic signatures Check boxes appear in documents as square boxes 1 Create anew envelope Add documents recipients Email Subject and Email messages and select any Envelope Settings normally Start to add the tags normally Drag a Check Box tag to the document and drop it on the document Click on the Properties icon adjacent to the Check box tag to open the Properties dialog box for the tag 5 Change the Label add a Tool Tip or modify other properties for the Check Box Note If there are multiple check boxes in the document that have the same Label selecting or clearing one check box will automatically select or clear all the other check boxes with the same Label 6 Click Apply to save the button information Note You can save the Check Box tag as a custom tag by clicking Save as Custom 7 Optionally you can place a checkmark in the Check Box to be checked by clicking on the check box in the document Repeat steps 3 7 to add more check boxes Finish adding any other tags and send the envelope Adding a
248. o change the email address used for your account 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 216 e Inthe navigation bar on the left side of the page under the Member Profile heading click Change Email The Account Email Address Change page appears Account Email Address Change lf you would like to change the email address assigned to your account you may do so here Since your email address is your login and used centrally to identify you the process of changing your email address will involve Provide the new email address you want to use e message will be sentto your old email address as a notice ofthis change Amessage will be sentto your new email address with a hyperlink you must follow to complete the change New Email Address Next gt Cancel e Type your new email address e Click Next A message is sent to your old email address informing you about the change of email request Another message is sent to your new email address with a link where you will confirm the email change Member Options Section The Member Options section lets you view and manage your profile information This section has three options Address Book View and manage contact information in your address book Custom Tags SecureFields Create edit share and delete custom tags Template Matching Manage settings for au
249. o require envelope recipients to verify their identity before they can access an 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 170 envelope The type of security option selected determines what the recipient sees when they try to access the envelope A recipient may have an Access Code security check combined with Phone Authentication or an ID Check What a recipient sees for each authentication option follows Access Code Authentication If the Access Code option is enabled for a recipient the recipient is presented with a security request page and must enter the code to access the documents for signing Please enter the access code to view the document Steve Anderson GenWait Inc From The sender has requested you enter a secret access code prior to reviewing the document You should have received an access code in a separate communication Please enter the code and validate it in order to proceed to viewing the document Validate I never received an access code The recipient enters the code and clicks Validate to complete the security request The recipient has three attempts to enter the access code correctly The recipient can send a message to the sender saying that they do not have the code by clicking never received an access code After the access code has been correctly entered the recipient is t
250. ocess status 1 Find and select the envelope you want to resend using one of the methods described in Searching for Envelopes 2 Click Actions and then select Resend A message dialog box is shown explaining that the system will resend the envelope to recipients in the next state without any changes to the envelope 3 Click OK to resend the envelope Correcting an Envelope You can correct the information in a sent envelope that has In Process status This can be helpful if an envelope was sent to the wrong email address or routing order was used in the original envelope Note Changes are only allowed for recipients who have not yet completed their assigned envelope task A new email is sent to a recipient whose name or email address is changed An email is also sent to the original recipient informing them of the change 1 Find and select the envelope you want to correct using one of the methods described in Searching for Envelopes 2 Click Actions and then select Correct The envelope is opened in the standard Prepare Envelope page so that you can make changes to the envelope In the Prepare Envelope page heading the system displays Correcting Envelope to show that you are correcting an envelope Note If your account uses Simple Correct you can only make changes to routing order recipient names email addresses authentication information and resend the envelope you cannot change or add documents or work with tags o
251. ocument follow the procedure below to complete electronic notary signing session 1 The Notary opens the email and clicks Review Documents to start the signing process Alternately the Notary can open the envelope from their DocuSign account 2 The overview dialog box appears Review the information and click Continue Witness a Signature 3 Notary Ozie H Stallworth Notary Public docusign_notary docusign com P Signer Dean Smith dsmith s1 gmail com You have been asked to witness a signing with your DocuSign Electronic Notary Public credentials As a notary public you will Q Pass control to Dean Smith and observe the signing process Take control confirm your DocuSign credentials and your commission information Apply your notarial seal to the document and complete the notarial act When you are ready to begin the notarial act pass control to Dean Smith Cancel notarial act The Notary passes control of the device used for signing to the Signer 3 The Signer goes through the standard orientation process and if required by the Sender s account consents to use electronic records and signatures 4 The Signer adds information initials and signatures as needed to the document The Notary can assist the signer as needed 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide wie 5 After the Signer comple
252. ocument is added to the section Note If Automatic Template Matching is enabled for your account the system checks to see if the document you ve uploaded matches a template in your system If a match is found the system gives you the option of applying that template to the document e To upload a Template or an external document click Choose an Online Document the Add a Document dialog box is displayed Select the location of the Template or online document you want to upload on the left side of the dialog box Select the Template or document and then click Add The document is added to the envelope and a thumbnail image of the document is added to the section Note If you want to select a document from an external source such as Box Net or GoogleDocs you might need to log on to the external document source After adding the first document you can add more documents in the same manner When you have finished adding documents click Done To add more documents or edit the current documents click Edit above the document map on the right side of the page 3 Click the To button below the Navigation tabs to add recipients The Recipients and Routing dialog box is displayed 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide TOT e Type the Recipients Email address and Name in the appropriate field As you type the system will
253. ocuments The options are OO corre otsee actions FINISH LATER This option lets the signer exit A EEE EARE the signing process while saving the information that has been entered They can FINISH LATER PRINT amp SIGN return to finish signing the document later by Save the document in its current state Print the document and sign in ink using the link in the email notification and finish the signing process at a later Then either scan and upload or fax time back the document PRINT amp SIGN This option lets the signer print and sign the document on paper See the Sign ASSIGN TO SOMEONE ELSE DECLINE TO SIGN i i On Paper section for more information about Should someone else be signing Notify the sender that you refuse to sign i i i i i Provide the new signers shat aes the document i USING this option In Some Cases this option and send the document to them for m Ig ht not be available signature ASSIGN TO SOMEONE ELSE This option can Help amp Support Leam About DocuSign be used to send this document to another Wiew History View Certificate person when they should be the signer The View Electronic Record and Signature signer will be asked to provide the new signer s ii name email address and a reason for changing the signer The reason for changing the signer is sent to person that sent the document along with the new signer s name and email DECLINE TO SIGN This option lets the signer decline to sign the document
254. og box appears 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Add your Attachment Would you like to upload or fax your attachment Upload your attachment Send by fax Browse No file selected The recipient clicks Send by fax the Send Attachment by Fax dialog box appears The dialog box informs the signer that they will be able to print the fax cover sheet at the end of the signing process The signer clicks OK to continue send Attachment by Fax Atthe end ofthe signing process your cover sheet will be printed with instructions to fax in required documents The system replaces the Attach tag with a fax icon The recipient can click the fax icon to cancel the fax process anytime until the fax is received After all the remaining tags are filled out or signed the second Send Attachment by Fax dialog box appears The recipient clicks Print Cover Page to print the fax cover page send Attachment by Fax Your documents were successfully submitted Please printthe cover sheet and fax the 1 attachment s to complete your envelope Print Cover Page A new browser window opens with a fax cover sheet The recipient prints the fax cover sheet and follows the instructions on the printed fax cover sheet to fax the requested documents Note When faxing documents the signer only needs one fax cover page for all the
255. older has the envelopes you have sent for signing Draft This folder has envelopes that you have started but have not sent Drafts are only held for 30 days before they are automatically removed from the folder Deleted This folder has envelopes that you have deleted If you accidently deleted an envelope you can go to this folder to restore the envelope Envelopes in this folder are removed from the folder during overnight processing When all account users have deleted the envelope it is purged from the DocuSign system When you select a folder the envelopes in that folder are shown in the Results Panel Selecting an envelope in the Results Panel displays the envelope information in the Detail Panel Search Folders These folders contain pre set envelope filters The filters are common envelope searches including your Most Recent search and when selected shows envelopes that meet the filter search criteria in the Results Panel Templates This section provides access to template folders Depending on your account access the folders listed can include your templates shared templates and PowerForms You can add new folders to this segment and folders you add can be deleted The My Templates folder contains the templates you have created or own The Shared Templates folder has the templates that you have shared that have been shared with Groups you belong to or shared directly with you If you are an administrator for your accou
256. on for Fax e Click DOWNLOAD to download the fax cover page and your documents e Print the fax cover page and documents using your normal printing method After the fax cover page and documenis are printed click COMPLETE to exit the signing process Sign on Paper Waiting for your Fax Your fax has not yet been received Click the View Documents button to review your documents If you want to cancel your fax and sign online click the Gancel Fax button VIEW DOCUMENTS CANCEL FAX COMPLETE e Fill out and sign the printed pages as needed e Follow the instructions on the printed fax cover page to fax the documents to DocuSign When faxing your documents the DocuSign fax cover page must be the first page that is sent The fax cover page has information that links your documents to the envelope and your documents might be lost if the cover sheet is not the first page When DocuSign receives the fax your documents are matched with the sender s original request to complete the process Note if you change your mind and want to upload the documents you can return to the document using the link in the email that was sent to you and after the document is opened click CANCEL FAX to cancel the fax process and then follow the instructions for uploading your documents Previous Signing Experience When the recipient receives the envelope and starts the signing process they can select the Sign on Paper option by clicking Sign on Pa
257. onal Because the document recipient and tag information for the envelope sent through the API must match the information original template DocuSign recommends that you export the template information and use that information in the API To export the template information e From the Classic DocuSign Experience Manage tab find template with the exported reading zones e Select the template and in the Actions menu select Download Template s The template information is saved as an XML file 5 When sending through the API add the saved encoded string to the accessibility node in the envelope For the REST API the accessibility node is in the POST accounts accountld envelopes For the SOAP API the accessibility node is in the Envelope section for CreateAndSendEnvelope and CreateEnvelope and in the Envelope Information section for CreateEnvelopeFromTemplate and CreateEnvelopeFromTemplatesAndForms Advanced Sending Option The Advanced Sending option shifts your Classic DocuSign Experience to use the one page sending view for new envelopes instead of the standard envelope sending process The one page sending view uses the Add Tags page to add documents recipients messages email settings and tags to an envelope Enabling Advanced Sending The Advanced Sending option is enabled from the Send tab in the Classic DocuSign Experience Users can enable Advanced Sending or return to standard sending on their own e To enable the Advanc
258. onal Data Field The Enhanced Support Purchases checkbox is associated with a conditional Data Field tag that requests the recipient s phone number When the recipient selects the check box tag Tee ett th operad s __ sti to adire Enterprise Wide License Agreement Select Duration Requested Additional Seat Purchases Select the number of new seats Enhanced Support Purchases Please provide contact WAAAASL The conditional phone number data field tag appears and becomes active for the recipient to complete The conditional field appears and can be filled out ee ee ee CTR ade r TO dD TOL Enterprise Wide License Agreement Select Duration Requested Additional Seat Purchases Select the number of new seats Enhanced Support Purchases Please provide contact WVAAAAAAS The recipient completes filling out the remaining tags and signing the document Adding Concealed Fields There might be times when you need to hide sensitive information such as a credit card number or Social Security number in a document Using the concealed field feature you can conceal the information a recipient types into the field The information appears normally while the recipient is adding or modifying the information but the data is not visible to any other signer or the sender when signing or viewing the PDF Senders or envelope owners if the envelope is transferred can download and view the
259. one Authentication The Phone Authentication option asks the recipient to select or type a phone number to use for authentication and then they are presented with a validation code while the system places a call to the number After answering the phone the recipient is prompted to enter the validation code and speak their name There is an additional fee for using this authentication check Note Do not use the Phone Authentication if your recipient cannot connect to the Internet and use their telephone at the same time Identity EmailID Email Fj Phone authentication Phone Authentication E Home 111 222 3333 E Home 222 333 4444 E Work 333 444 5555 M US Canada l New Number Ext Recipient may provide 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 190 To enable Phone Authentication select the Identity Check check box and then select Phone authentication from the list The Phone Authentication information for the recipient appears If the recipient name and email is not specified you can only select the New Number or Recipient may provide options Important If phone authentication is selected and the system does not have a number to dial for the recipient either by allowing the recipient to enter a number or from the Address Book or by the entering a number
260. one of the above phones After clicking Call the recipient is presented with an authentication code and the system places a call to the selected or entered number Security Requests from Sender Steve Anderson GenVvatt Inc From Phone Authentication Call Placed Your phone should ring within 10 seconds When your phone rings you must enter the following Authentication Code into your phone Authentication Code 91643 Once you enter the code in response to the telephone prompt and provide a voice sample you will be authenticated Cancel lf your phone does not ring within a minute click Back and ensure you have entered the correct phone information After answering the phone the recipient is prompted to use the phone keypad to enter the authentication code and then speak their name which might be saved for the sender if that option was selected when the envelope was created After the authentication code is authenticated the system informs the recipient to follow on screen instructions and the recipient is taken through the normal signing process 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide ID Check lf the ID Check authentication option was selected for a recipient the recipient is prompted to complete an identity check An ID check presents a set of questions about recipient and informa
261. ope See Using Anchor Text for more information on using the anchor feature Formatting Properties e Scale Sets the size of the tag The size can also be set by clicking and dragging the slider bar on the left side of the tag Conditional Fields See Using Conditional Fields for more Information about conditional fields e Parent Tab Selects the Parent Tab for the Conditional Field e Parent Value Sets the value used to activate this field 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Signer Attachment Tag The signer attachment is where the recipient initiates the process of adding supporting documents to an envelope See Requesting Documents from Your Recipients for more information about signer attachments The following properties can be edited for this tag Basic Properties e Recipient This shows the recipient associated with the tag If there are multiple recipients in the envelope you can use this list to select the recipient associated with the tag e Label A unique identifier for the tag This is only seen by the sender and in the Form Data for the envelope Location e From left and From top These fields show the position of the tag on the document and can be used to manually set the position e Anchor Anchors the tag to the specified word s in the envelope See Using Anchor Text for more informatio
262. or all recipients Click Done to close the Document Visibility grid and save any visibility changes 5 Complete sending the envelope normally Your recipients receive email invitations normally However they will only be able to see documents that have tags assigned to them or that do not have any tags and are set to be visible Using Document Visibility in a Template The process for using Document Visibility in a template is similar to the normal process for creating a template The changes to the normal process are described in the following procedure 1 Create a new template Name the template and share as needed Add documents recipient roles Email Subject and Email messages normally 2 Optionally in the Envelope Settings section select Must be a signer to view signed documents to enable Document Visibility for the template Note This action is only available if one of the Sender Can Set Document Visibility options is selected for your account If Document Visibility is enabled for your account but one of those options is not selected Document Visibility is automatically used for any templates you create 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Envelope Settings Recipient Information Allow recipient s to sign on paper 3 Click Next to go to the Add Tags page Add DocuSign tags to the
263. or if a recipient selects a certain service option you might want to display the price for that option Using DocuSign conditional fields you can create dynamic documents that allow customers to make choices that modify content and signing locations helping to optimize the signer s experience Note The conditional fields feature is only supported in DocuSign Business Business Premium Enterprise System Automated SA DocuSign for REALTORS and DocuSign for Real Estate plans Your account may not support this option To access this functionality contact your Account Manager or DocuSign Support Support docusign com for assistance 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide How it Works When a recipient opens a document with conditional fields and changes information for the tag associated with a conditional field for example the recipient selects an option enters text signs initials an optional tag etc it triggers a change to the conditional field causing it to appear or disappear in the document The DocuSign tag used to trigger the change to conditional fields is referred to as the Parent Tag The Parent Tag can trigger any number of conditional fields based on the information entered or changed in the Parent Tag this is referred to as the Parent Value A tag that is active as a conditional field can even be
264. or sending a document for guided signing is explained in this section With Free Form Signing documents are sent to recipients without adding tags When recipients open documents sent for free form signing DocuSign walks the recipient through an orientation and then the recipient sees the Click amp Drag dialog box in the upper left corner of the document window The recipients are able to click and apply or drag their signature initials and other information onto the document to complete signing For more information about sending a document for free form signing see the Sending for Free Form Signing section in this guide Starting a New Envelope A DocuSign envelope is a container used to send one or more documents for signature using the DocuSign system An Envelope can have multiple documents and several recipients The documents in an envelope can have multiple pages 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Alternately you can click the down arrow on the Create button and select Envelope or click the Actions button and select New Envelope If you are on the Home tab you can click Start a New Envelope GenWatt Inc Manage Dashboards 36874 Documents for Signature Select and upload documents from your computer your template library or the Internet Browse from my Computer Create or alter the document ord
265. ormation about Document Markup e Allow recipient s to change signing responsibility Select this option to allow the recipient to reassign the envelope to another person e Turn on auto navigation Select this option to turn on auto navigation for the envelope If this is not selected there is no auto navigation in the envelope e Must be a signer to view signed documents When this option is selected recipients will only be able to see documents that have Signature or Initial tags assigned to them or that do not have any Signature or Initial tags See Using Document Visibility for more information on this setting Reminders and Expirations Settings Optionally you define rules to remind your recipients of their signing tasks and to expire your envelope if it is not signed Sender Settings This section lets you select to stamp the envelope ID on the documents in the envelope and has the active Envelope Custom Fields for your account When you are done changing any Envelope Settings click Next to begin tagging the documents Adding Tags to Documents On the Add Tags page you will add signature initial and other information tags to help your signers Know precisely what actions you want them to take where in the document you want them to sign initial or add information and in what order Note Optionally you can send the document for free form signing instead of adding tags to the document If you are sending the document
266. ory view the certificate clone the envelope and close the envelope 1 Find and select the envelope using one of the methods described in Searching for Envelopes 2 Click Actions and then select Open The envelope opens for viewing You have the following options available most of these options can also be selected from the Actions menu without opening the envelope e Clone This opens the envelope so it can be sent as a new envelope with all the same documents recipients and tags Information in the cloned envelope can be changed before it is sent See Cloning an Envelope for more information e Correct only available on In Process envelopes This allows you to correct information in the envelope You can correct the information in a sent envelope that has In Process status See Correcting an Envelope for more information e Delete This moves the envelope to the Deleted folder If you accidently deleted an envelope you can go to this folder to restore the envelope Envelopes in this folder are removed from the folder during overnight processing e Form Data only available for Completed envelopes This opens a window that shows the form data for the envelope The information can be downloaded as an XML or CSV file e Forward only available from the Actions menu on Completed envelopes This opens a new envelope with the completed documents as the documents in the envelope Unlike a cloned envelope the data in the envelope docume
267. outing order level The next section describes what an intermediary recipient can see and the actions they can take What an Intermediary Recipient Sees The intermediary recipient receives an email asking them to review and complete the recipient information for the envelope recipients The intermediary recipient clicks Review Documents link in the email and is taken to the envelope Depending on account settings the intermediary recipient might be asked to agree to conduct business electronically A message asking the intermediary recipient to review and add information for the recipients is presented at the top of the page DocuSzgn 100 v 4 Download Mh Print More gt Hide v NewAcco Review the recipient information Update name and email for any incorrect or blank information Re Send Role Email Name Signer 1 JJohns home com John Johnson Edit Note Signer 2 Edit Note Send Updates Voi Show Document The intermediary recipient can 4 Review the documents in the envelope by scrolling down through the document However the intermediary recipient cannot make any changes to the documents 5 Add or change name email access code and note information for the other recipients of an envelope that have not signed the envelope 6 Resend an envelope to a recipient by selecting the Re Send checkbox 7 Void the envelope This will cause the envelope to show as Declined Using the Document Markup Feature
268. pe normally 3 If you want to add a recipient before the Bulk Recipient file recipients add the recipient normally Reminder You can add non bulk recipients later and change the routing order as needed 4 Click Add Bulk Recipient Select and upload the bulk recipient CSV file for the envelope Recipients and Routing Recipient Email Add Me Recipient Name Add Signer Add CC Of Add Bulk Recipient 5 The file is uploaded and the information is shown in the Bulk Recipient List Note If an error message is shown refer to the Bulk Recipient File Errors section for more information about the message 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Bulk Recipient List Name Email Note AccessCode Identification PhoneNumber 1 David Jones david jones_ds yahoo com Here is the ID Check document we discussed 2 Kevin Smith Kevinmith DS yahoo com 2243 3 Elisabeth Bozick elisabeth bozick yahoo com Close Review the information in the list If it is correct click Close and continue sending the envelope lf the information in the list is not correct click Close correct the file return to the envelope and click Edit Bulk Recipient Select the corrected bulk recipient CSV file A Bulk Recipient line is added to the Recipients and Routing list You can open and view the Bulk Recipient List by clicking the bulk recip
269. per 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Sign on Paper option sign on Paper l agree to do business electronically with GenWatt Inc Review Documents Decline Finish Later Change Signer The Sign on Paper dialog box appears Sign on Paper You can submit the signed document via fax or document upload Print the document to be signed Review and sign the document Upload or fax the signed document Back Print and Fax Prefer to Upload the Document The actions the recipient takes depends on whether they will upload or fax the completed document Note The recipient can also decide to sign the documents electronically by clicking Back Faxing a Document To fax a signed document the recipient e Clicks Print and Fax A new browser window opens with the document and fax cover sheet e Prints fills out and signs the document The recipient then follows the instructions on the fax cover sheet to fax the document to DocuSign e After the documents have been faxed the recipient clicks Complete e This completes the signing process Uploading a Document To upload a signed document the recipient e Clicks Prefer to Upload the Document A new browser window opens with the document e Prints fills out and signs the document Then scans the signed document and saves it as a file on the
270. pload dialog box is displayed Locate the file on your computer or network and click Open The document is added to the envelope and a thumbnail image of the document is added to the section DocuSign converts documents to PDF file format but you can upload documents in any of the following file formats Microsoft Word 2003 2007 2010 2013 Microsoft Excel 2003 2007 2010 2013 Microsoft PowerPoint 2003 2007 2010 2013 Text files txt Rich Text Format rtf Image file formats png jog gif and tif Portable Document Format pdf files lf Automatic Template Matching is enabled for your account the system checks to see if the document you ve uploaded matches a template in your system If a match is found the system gives you the option of applying that template to the document e To upload a Template or an external document click Choose an Online Document the Add a Document dialog box is displayed Select the location of the Template or online document you want to upload on the left side of the dialog box Select the Template or document and then click Add The document is added to the envelope and a thumbnail image of the document is added to the section Add a Document 4 Add from your Docu Sign Library a Faer Q My Templates Shared Templates E NDA 2 pdf Education Templates Aane El Sample Boiler Plate Document p O Box El Shared Folders Test 3 Dropbox gt i Evernote 4 Google Driv
271. r the envelope search and then sort the envelope list by clicking the header for a column The Most Recent folder in this section has envelopes from your most recent search e With the Dashboards navigation tab selected you can select an option in the navigation panel to filter the envelope list You can also click on a graphical element to ttf a filter envelopes by that element i a Completed 34 od Voided 8 i Declined 0 Example In the figure to the right the user has clicked on the Voided portion of the Envelope Status graphic to filter the search to find envelopes with a Voided status e Changing the Current Filter date The Current Filter defaults to searching in the last 180 days You can change the filter search criteria using the search bar Click on the Current Filter information or in the Search Envelope field to expand the search criteria For search criteria you can type a particular search term select the text searched on Subject Recipients Sender Name and Envelope Fields select the folder This Folder All My Envelopes or Dashboards select the envelope status All Statuses Completed Declined In Process Voided and Authentication Failed search your envelopes or a date range Note The Envelope Fields filter lets you search for envelopes with particular Envelope Custom Field information by selecting Envelope Fields and typing the search term for the Envelope Custom Field in the search crit
272. rag the region to a new area e o remove the region place your cursor over the region the cursor turns into a four headed arrow left click and drag the region over the DocuSign Tags the right side of the page and release the mouse button 3 Complete and save the template normally Automatic Template Matching Settings When automatic template matching is enabled for a user and the user adds a document to an envelope DocuSign automatically checks to see if the document matches an existing template Account templates will be in one of three Auto Match states which determines how they are used during automatic template matching This limits the number of templates the system searches through before recommending or applying a template to an envelope The template Auto Match states and the icons associated with those states are E Try to Auto Match This template was created or used within the past 120 days and will be checked for automatic template matching 2 No Auto Match This template has not been used in the past 120 days and will not be checked for automatic template matching Always Try Auto Match This template will always be checked for automatic template matching When viewing templates in the Classic DocuSign Experience Manage tab the current template Auto Match state is shown in the Auto Match column Shared Auto Match Name NWDA 2 pdt Shared Folders Test Sample Boiler Plate Document Templates that h
273. re ccccccccecccsececeeeceeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeseeeseueeseeeseeeseeesaneeseees 115 OW VO a E EEEE E EE E EEEE E EE E NEE en eee ee 115 Sending an Envelope with Sign in Each LOCAtION ccscccccsecccseeecnneeensnsessesensnsessnesessnsessnanes 115 Sending for Free Form SININ ccccccccceeccceeececcecceeeeceueeeeeeeeseecesseeessueesseeeessueesseeeeseeeesseeesanees 116 Using the Bulk Recipient Feature ccccccccsscccsseecseeceeeceuceceueeceeeceusessueeceeessuessusesseessaeessusensess 117 Building a Bulk Recipient FIC c cccccccseccseccssccsescseensusnausnaussaussausnausnsusnsussaussusesusesusssusesaneaes 117 Sending an Envelope with a Bulk Recipient 1cccccccccceecccneeecsnscecnececececeeseesnsessneeenssesenees 119 Creating a Template with a Bulk R CIDIONL ccccccccsecccseseccseeceeueccsusessueecesusessaeesssessaenessnes 121 Sending from a Template with Bulk Recipients 1 ccccccccsececeeeeneeensusecaesesssessnenesansessaanes 122 DUIK FCCIDICNE FIC EONS cerris issis nii E nr E EE EEEE EEE 123 Using Document VISION vcascsccelaconncacetaencscetectsect tact ae a Ea iE iaaa aii tini 124 FIOW Document ViSIDIIY WOKS soseerennitr iris erenn TE EE E E E ETE 124 Using Document Visibility in an Envelope cccsccccsecsneecseeccaeeeseeecsuecsaeessuesseeessuessaeesanessaeesan 125 Using Document Visibility in a Template ccccccccseccseecseeecaeesceeessueesauesseessusesausssaeessnessaeesas 126 Using Check
274. re e n an insurance transaction where the insurance carrier can generate an envelope and send it to an insurance agent for use with customers without knowing any information for the customers The insurance agent can later add the customer information and send it to them for signing e Inareal estate transaction where the buyer s agent can generate documents send them to the buyers to sign and then hand the transaction off to the seller s agent The seller s agent then reviews the documents adds the signer s contact information and sends it to them for their signatures to complete the transaction all in one envelope e Inalegal transaction where one attorney creates a document for signature and sends it to a second attorney for review and if approved the second attorney can send it to his customers for their signature When a sender creates a new agent managed envelope the reviewer must be added as one of the recipients There are two recipient Actions that indicate a recipient is a reviewer Manage envelope and Address recipients The recipient Action selected by the sender depends on what changes and additions the sender wants the reviewer to be able to make and the reviewer s access to a DocuSign account Each type is described below e Manage envelope A Manage envelope recipient must have a DocuSign account This recipient has the same management and access rights for the envelope as the sender and can make changes to the envelope
275. re the same as those in the IDR regions In the case where a template document has similar opening and closing text to many other documents used by a group you can add an IDR region match box to the template to narrow down and improve the IDR selection process You can select any region of text within a document for IDR There is no functional limit to the maximum or minimum volume of text you can select to define a match However the less text you select the more false positive matches IDR is likely to find and the more text you select the longer it will take for the IDR matching process to finish Setting Intelligent Document Recognition Regions 1 Before saving a template on the Tag toolbar click the IDR Regions button iw 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 202 2 Place your cursor near the text you want to use and then left click and drag the cursor over the portion of text to match when DocuSign applies IDR A dashed line appears around the selected text lf the area selected is not the area you wanted e To adjust the size of the region place your cursor over the lower right corner of the region the cursor turns into a double headed arrow click and drag the region to set the correct area e To move the region place your cursor over the region the cursor turns into a four headed arrow left click and d
276. reet Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 144 A new browser window opens showing the envelope form data including the concealed field label and the value entered by the recipient The form data is presented in two columns one that shows the Original Value of information in the tags and one that shows the final Value of the information Widgets 0 2 Boxes 5 3 Crates 2 Containers 0 1 To download the field information click Download XML or Download CSV to download the information as an XML or CSV file When downloading the file the column with the original value information is not included The file includes the Envelope ID Recipient Name Recipient Email the timestamp when the recipient signed the document the field label and the value entered by recipients Click Close to close the browser window Voiding an Envelope This action cancels the envelope and marks it as voided Once an envelope is voided recipients can no longer view or sign the envelope When the envelope is voided all recipients are sent an email informing them that the envelope was voided and providing the reason it was voided Note Only envelope with In Process status can be voided 1 Find and select the envelope you want to cancel using one of the methods described in Searching for Envelopes 2 Click Actions and then select Void The void envelope pag
277. requested documents After the fax cover page is printed the signing process is completed normally Completing the Signing Process The information on completing the signing processes for the new and previous signing experiences Is outlined below 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide New Signing Experience After you have added information to all the required fields and any signatures and initials the actions move to the bottom of the browser a o Spptown Garage Q hardy Building Garage C 1 would like an assigned parking location Payment Method Bill me monthly Opin me weekly bab Stack Signature AURO MARSA 11 18 2014 Date Done Click Finish to send the completed document For an extra cost you can have an assigned parking location al amp d OTHER ACTIONS English US v Terms Of Use amp Privacy v Copyright 2014 DocuSign Inc You can stay review the document and make any changes to the information you have added to the required and optional information fields After you are done reviewing the document click FINISH Your signing information is saved and a message window stating that you have finished signing your documents is shown You are given the option of downloading a PDF copy of the documents or printing a copy of the documents F
278. required but there is other optional information the recipient can enter and then answer a set of questions before the recipient can view the envelope The questions are based on data available in public records such as where they have lived 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide The ID Check is a knowledge based authentication provided by RSA This service is often used by many banks to validate the ID of recipients The ID Check option might not be useful for recipients outside the United States There is an additional fee for using this authentication check Note If you select ID Check for a recipient then the recipient name you supply is the one used for the ID check To enable the ID Check option select the Identity Check check box and then select ID Check from the list Identify Email lD Email F ID Check e Identity Check Any Social ID Phone authentication e Live ID or Social ID Identity Check This option requires your recipient to enter their Live ID or Social ID Salesforce LinkedIn Google etc credentials before they can view the envelope To enable the Live ID or Social ID security option select the Identity Check check box and then select Live ID or Social ID from the list Identify Email ID Email I 1D Check B Identity Check Any Social ID ID Che
279. riber Agreement SAFE GisPhorma The ldvetry Standard for Digital Trust The signer must agree to the terms in the SAFE BioPharma Subscriber Agreement The signer clicks OK to digitally sign the document The digital certificate information is tracked in the envelope history and Certificate of Completion OpenTrust Digital Signature The email sent to the signer explains that the sender requires the document to be digitally signed with a OpenTrust Protect amp Sign digital signature to complete the envelope The signer opens the envelope and adds information initials and signatures in all the required fields When the signer is ready to complete the signing process they click Confirm Signing 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Apply Digital Certificate Please review the fields below to confirm they are correct before completing signing Relying Party Steve Anderson Signatory Name Bob Stack Signatory Email steve anderson_ds yahoo com Certificate Type OpentTrust signing Reason approve this document Ea Company Stack Industries Location Waco TX Required Information agree to the terms outlined in the OpenTrust Subscriber Agreement OPENTRUST The Signer is asked to review and confirm the information including the Signing Reason their Company and Location The signer must a
280. rint amp Sign option Save the document in its currant state so you Print the document sign with ink and either finish the signing process at a later time acan of fax back to the sender ASSIGN TO SOMEONE ELSE Should someone else be signing This will ask for that person s email address and send it to them for signature View History View Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure Learn About DocuSign Then click PRINT amp SIGN The Print and Sign dialog box is shown Print amp Sign DECLINE TO SIGN This will notify the sender you have refused to sign the document View Certificate Help amp Support 1 How would you like to return your signed document on Upload O Fax 2 Please download review and sign your document 3 Return the document to DocuSign UPLOAD come omen DOWNLOAD 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide The next steps you take depends on how you want to return the requested documents by uploading them or by faxing them Follow the appropriate instructions below to submit the documents Uploading Your Documents If you want to upload the signed document e Select the radio button for Upload e Click DOWNLOAD to download your documents e Print the documents using your normal printing method Fill out and sign the printed pages as needed Create an e
281. rint the document and access the More menu From the More menu the signer can view information about the envelope or select to change the signer decline to sign print and sign on paper and fax or finish signing later See the More Options section of this guide for more information about the options presented Zoom control More menu Document map Hide Show control Docu Sign Download mm Pri New Account Agreement ia The indicator on the left side of the document page is used to guide the signer through the process of filling in and signing your document The signer clicks Start to begin the signing process The indicator changes to an arrow as the 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide signer is taken to the first tag to fill out The text shown in the indicator arrow is the action the signer is expected to take for the current information tag The text in the arrow changes as the indicator guides the signer through the document The images below are examples of possible indicator arrows and with the expected actions Select an item from a drop Type information into the data down list a checkbox or field Click Next see below option button or press the Tab key to go to the next information field Click the Sign Here or Initial The sender is asking the tag to place a signature or signer to provide some
282. rs can add new spellings for your name Note Depending on the settings for your account this function might use the heading Merge Users instead of Names Available Manage Identity View and update your signature DocuSign ID card information and upload an ID card photo Electronic Notary Public Add and edit electronic notary credential information and view and export Notary Journal information Manage Email Notifications View and update the email notifications you receive from DocuSign Social ID Login If your account allows you to log in to DocuSign with social accounts this section lets you set your credentials Time Zone Select the Time Zone used when you sign documents and Date Format used in your web application This option is only available if your account manager allows you to set a unique time zone Change Password Edit your password and security question Change Email Update your email address The information in each option and procedures for updating those options are provided below Names Available This section lets you set whether users can add new spellings of your name In the navigation bar on the left side of the page under the Member Profile heading click Names Available Note Depending on the settings for your account this function might use the heading Merge Users instead of Names Available Under the Names Available to Senders heading select Senders may add new spelling
283. rs in the Identity sjys Auth Check list for your account Phone Auth enables phone authentication SMS enables SMS authentication and ID Check enables the normal ID check authentication for your account The other values are used with social ID authentication Your account must be configured to use the authentication method listed PhoneNumber This column is only valid if Identification field Uses Phone Auth or SMS The value for this field can be a valid telephone number or for Phone Auth usersupplied SMS authentication cannot use a user supplied number If usersupplied is used the recipient supplies his or her own telephone number DocuSign Tag Name You can add a column to set the values of DocuSign tags on documents in the envelope The title of the column must be the same as the DocuSign tag Label as it appears in the tag Properties dialog box The tag name is not case sensitive The values entered in this column are automatically inserted into the corresponding DocuSign tag for the recipient in the same row Example You are adding a tag with the recipient s street address tag Label is address1 and you want to pre fill the tag when it is sent Add a column with the column title address1 and add the address information in the appropriate row for each recipient The following figure shows an example of a Bulk Recipient file in Excel 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 21
284. rt information to a comma separated value CSV file e Print to send the report information to a printer e Edit to go to the Customize page for the report Supported Languages DocuSign supports the following languages in sending Chinese Simplified Dutch English US French German Italian Japanese Korean Portuguese Portuguese Brazil Russian Spanish DocuSign supports the following languages in signing viewing and emails Arabic Bulgarian Bahasa Indonesia Bahasa Melayu Chinese Simplified Chinese Traditional Croatian Czech Danish Dutch English UK English US Estonian Farsi Finnish French French Canada German Greek Hebrew Hindi Hungarian Italian Japanese Korean Latvian Lithuanian Norwegian Polish Portuguese Brazil Portuguese Portugal Romanian Russian Russian Serbian Latin Slovakian Slovenian Spanish Latin America Spanish Spain Modern Sort Swedish Thai Turkish Ukrainian Vietnamese Logging Off When are done working with DocuSign we recommend that you log off the web application To log off click Logout This returns you to the DocuSign Login screen 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Sending Documents for Electronic Signing with DocuSign A key feature of DocuSign is the ability to easily create and send documents for signing This section of the user guide provides step by step procedures
285. rt settings Columns can be added or removed from the report by customizing the report Last Sent Date 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Envelope Recipient Report ange Column Description The Envelope Subject Line Status Envelope Status when the report was generated e Sent This status is used when the email notification has been sent to at least one recipient The envelope remains in this state until all recipients have viewed the envelope Delivered This status is used when all recipients have opened the envelope This does not signify an email delivery of an envelope Completed The status is used when the envelope has been completed by all the recipients Declined The status is used when envelope has been declined by one of the recipients Voided The status is used when envelope has been voided by the sender Sender The sender s name Recipient The recipient s name If there is more than one recipient in the same routing order for an envelope the Subject Status and Sender columns is only shown for one recipient and blank for the others in the routing order Completion Time The time from when the envelope was first sent until it was completed Account ID The DocuSign Account ID for the sending account Envelope Voided Reason The reason for voiding an envelope as entered b
286. s Code last authentication Card personal information settings To edit your Privacy Settings e Click the Privacy Settings link to go to the Privacy Settings page Privacy Settings Edit your DocuSign ID Card privacy settings below ID Card Display Settings show my DocuSign ID Card Display Company Title Display Address Phone Display Usage History Save Settings e Select the information you want to show in your ID card e Click Save Settings Your information is saved and you are returned to the ID Card To edit a signature upload a signature modify or delete a signature e Click the Edit link by your signature to go the modify signature page 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Signature Initials DocuSigned by Dave Dollar D ve Dillar JAFBEF 2304 10849E Edit Delete DocuSigned by Edit aa Leth lir Delete 2 FBF 240410848E e To modify your signature and initials click the Edit link adjacent to the signature you want to modify or to add a new signature or initials style click the New link o Selecting your signature style If you clicked the New link type your name and initials for the new signature in the Name and Initials fields select style for your signature and initials and click Adopt The new or modified signature and initial style is saved o Drawing
287. s described in Searching for Envelopes 2 Click Actions and then select Form Data A new browser window opens showing the envelope form data including the concealed field label and the value entered by the recipient Q Actions To download the field information click Download XML or Download CSV to download the information as an XML or CSV file The file includes the Envelope ID Recipient Name Recipient Email the timestamp when the recipient signed the document the field label and the value entered in the concealed field Click Close to close the browser window Viewing Changes to Envelope Data The data change view option provides a way to see which information was changed during envelope signing When enabled this option can highlight changed information when viewing documents in an envelope and when downloading or printing a PDF version of the envelope documents Additionally when viewing Form Data a new column is added to the data report that shows the original value of information in the tags If downloading the file the column with the original value information is not included Note This option is included in DocuSign Business Business Premium Enterprise System Automated SA DocuSign for REALTORS and DocuSign for Real Estate plans Your account may not support this option To access this functionality contact your Account Manager or DocuSign Support Support docusign com for assistance The highlighte
288. s enabled the service reviews the text and information in the document to determine if the document matches a saved template In general IDR looks at the following factors to determine if there is a match between a document and a template e the number of pages in the template is equal to or less than the number of pages in the document e thefirst and last 25 words in the document are the same as the template or if IDR region match boxes are used in a template the words in document are the same as those in the IDR regions This procedure explains how to view and manage your IDR settings 1 Inthe navigation bar on the left side of the page under the Member Options heading click Template Matching The Template Matching settings page appears 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Template Matching Turn on Automatic Template Matching to apply templates automatically Turn on Active Template Creation to create new templates as you work Template Matching Sensitivity 80 BH Turn on Page Level Auto Template Matching may slow matching time Notify me before applying a matching template Cancel 2 Select the settings you want to use Each option is discussed below Turn on Automatic Template Matching to apply templates automatically If this option is selected when you add a document to a DocuSign envelope
289. s for recipients normally To enable the tags for markup drag and drop the tag onto the document and open the Properties dialog box f Data Field Tag Properties Recipient Bob Stack Step 1 B F Allow All To Edit DAAE Sac SASE Select Allow All To Edit Label Organization Tool Tip Text e Select Allow All To Edit to enable the tag for markup and collaboration By default Require Initial is also enabled when a tag is enabled for markup This requires that signers that have already completed signing must review any changes to this field and initial the change to complete the envelope Optionally select Require All to require that information be entered in this tag in order for the signer to complete the envelope Note The Require All property is not included for the check box tag since enabling Require All would require that the check box be selected checked e Complete the remaining properties for the tag and click Apply to save the changes Continue to add other tags as needed 3 After tags are added complete sending your envelope normally Your recipients receive the request to sign a document and during the signing process they have the option to use field markup Using Field Markup in a Document When the recipient reaches the tag Data Field Check Box Radio Button or Drop Down tag enabled for editing either by clicking Next or by clicking in the field and makes a change to the information a small initia
290. s from drop down list tags Additionally if the date reference tag includes hours the hours are not used in calculations by the date operators Example 1 You have a daily charge 5 00 for your service and want to calculate how much to charge a customer for the remaining time in the month based on the day they sign an envelope the date signed tag label is datesigned1 In the Formula tag Formula field you would type 5 00 Days datesigned1 Day datesigned1 Example 2 You have a bike rental service that charges 25 00 a day for a bike You can use calculated fields to calculate how much to charge a customer for the rental based on the day the start the rental dateout and when they return the bike datein In the Formula tag Formula field you would type DayDiff datein dateout 25 00 e AddDays operator The AddDays d1 n1 operator provides a number of days n1 to add subtract to a date d1 To subtract from the date d1 a minus sign is placed in front of the number of days n1 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Example 1 lf you want to determine the date for one day after a document is signed where the date signed tag label is datesigned1 in the Formula tag Formula field you would type AddDays datesigned1 1 Example 2 f you want to determine t
291. s notification or any enclosed documents requiring your signature please contact the sender directly For technical assistance with the signing process you can email support This message was sent to you by Steve Anderson who is using the DocuSign Electronic Signature Service If you Alternate Signing Method would rather not receive email from this sender you may contact the sender with your request Tiat Diner Olan nam aliak Annan Nanmmanian and antar tha nnnurih anda Alternately the signer can access the documents by going to the DocuSign website click the Access Document link and entering the document code from the email 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Signing Welcome The signing welcome pages for the new and previous signing experiences are outlined below New Signing Experience The welcome page provides information about the sender and documents in the envelope and has access to the sender s electronic record and signature consent disclosure which covers conducting business electronically with the sender Please Review amp Act on These Documents Powered by Docu Sign Steve Anderson 3 GenvwWatt Inc PRIVATE MESSAGE Bob here is the document we talked about P rivate M ess ag e Please fill out and sign your parking application Message View Less Vj I agree to use Electronic Records and Signa
292. s of my name if e you will allow new spellings of your name for business and legal purposes AND e you will share this email address with other people Click Done to return to the Account Preferences Manage Identity This section explains how to view and modify your DocuSign ID card and view and modify your adopted signature and add a new signature In the navigation bar on the left side of the page under the Member Profile heading click Manage Identity your DocuSign ID card is displayed 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Manage Identity Your DocuSign identity makes your electronic signature more secure When auser clicks on your signature in a document you Signed using DocuSign the user will see your DocuSign ID Card if your privacy settings have been configured to display your DocuSign ID Card Information saved Dave Dolla Click here to change your ID dave dollar ymatsear hocusigned by Click here to upload a Dau Dollar Click here to add a new profile image for your ID EE T signature upload a signature Card modify your signature or delete a signature wy Less Detail Signed Company envelopes Finance F 26 2012 last signed genWat Inc 20688658888 Authentication 12 Median Way 1 method Austin TN 98989 i i 11 28 2011 last authenticated United Stat Click here to modify you ID Acces
293. s sent to the next recipient in the routing order Adding Fax Recipients to a Template The process for creating a template with a fax recipient is similar to the normal procedure for creating atemplate The differences are explained in this procedure 1 Create a new template add the Template Summary information and documents 2 Adda Recipient Roles normally When you are ready to add a fax recipient e Type the name for the fax recipient and click Add Signer or Add CC e Inthe Delivery list select Fax Delivery Email Email e Optionally type the recipient s fax number and name e Optionally set the actions the template sender cannot take with the recipient role e If you have multiple recipients for the envelope each fax recipient must be in a different routing order To change the routing order type the Order in which your recipients receive and sign the document Alternately if you have already set the order for some recipients you can click on the grip icon associated with the recipient and drag them to the new order The Order number for the recipient is automatically updated 3 Repeat step 2 for any additional recipient roles 4 Type an Email Subject for the envelope the subject is limited to 100 characters Optionally you can add a custom note for a recipient The note for a fax recipient is added to the fax cover sheet To add a note e Select the recipient for the message from the Add a Note to list and
294. search is not case sensitive All envelopes with the text and characters in the envelope subject are included in the report The special characters lt gt and amp are not allowed in this field Example If West is entered as a parameter the report will include envelopes with west West southwest and northwest in the subject Recipient Contains Available for the Envelope Report Envelope Recipient Report Envelope Velocity Report Recipient Activity Report and Recipient Authentication Report This parameter sets the text and characters searched for in the envelope recipients The search is not case sensitive All envelopes with the text and characters as an envelope recipient are included in the report The special characters lt gt and amp are not allowed in this field Specific Users amp Groups These options are only available to account administrators and are available for the Envelope Report Enveloper Recipient Report Envelope Velocity Report Recipient Activity Report Recipient Authentication Report User Activity Report and Group Activity Report This parameter sets the specific users or groups shown in the report The default setting is Any Select the user or group from the Available block on the left and click Add gt gt to move the user or group to the Selected block You can select multiple users groups in a block by pressing the Shift key or Ctrl key while selecting users groups Any Spec
295. signer information e Type the email address and name for the signing host and click Add Signer or Add CC The signing host is added to the recipient list IMPORTANT The signing host must have a DocuSign account e Inthe Action list select Sign in person The Signer Name field appears e Type the name of the signer in the Signer Name field This is the legal name the signer uses for signing documents Signing Host information Hame Order Delivery Email Fax Action Identify 1 Email Ssteve anderson_ds yahoo com EE steve Anderson ignin person Email x Signer Name goes here 3 Optionally select Authentication Options Phone Authentication ID Check and Access Code for the signing host 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Note If your account is set up to require an ID Question the system automatically asks the signing host to type the information into the system before starting the signing process This information is saved and viewable in the Certificate associated with the completed envelope Contact your Customer Administrator to determine if there is an ID Question associated with in person signing for your account If you are an individual user you are the Customer Administrator and can adjust the question yourself by going to Preferences and then Features 4 Add the Email Subje
296. sing a mouse or for a touch screens your finger or a stylus If you make a mistake click Clear to reset the block 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide TSS Note You can return to the preformatted signature styles by clicking Select Style Adopt Your Signature Confirm your name initials and signature Full Name Initials Bob Stack BS Select Style Draw Draw your signature Clear By clicking Adopt and Sign agree that the signature and initials will be the electronic representation of my signature and initials for all purposes when or my agent use them on documents including legally binding contracts just the same as a pen and paper signature or initial gt Finally click ADOPT AND SIGN to adopt and save your signature information and return to the document Previous Signing Experience The first page of the document for the signer is shown in the window e The right side of the window has a document map showing the number of pages in the envelope and the pages that have tags The signer can click on a page to jump to a page They can hide or show the document map by click the Hide Show control e There is also a control for Zooming in or out on the current page The signer can select the page size from the list e Inthe center of the header the signer can download the document as a PDF file p
297. t sent the document telling them you have reassigned the document e Click Decline to decline signing the document You are asked to provide a message for the person that sent the document telling them why you have declined to sign Signing Process The signing processes for the new and previous signing experiences are outlined below New Signing Experience The first page of the document for signing is shown in the browser window There are several controls available for the signer 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide rol Please review the documents below OTHER ACTIONS Se aja a jo Nat A Parking Application Please fill out the following information for your parking application Bob Stack Name Address Co Select the location you want to park at select only one location OF irst Ave Garage e Inthe center there are controls for zooming in or out on the current page downloading all the pages as a PDF file and printing the pages e The right side of the window has a show hide page thumbnail option to show and hide a document map that shows the number of pages You can click on a page to jump to a page Click START on the left side of the page to begin the signing process The action indicator on the left side of the page moves through the document showing where information needs to be adde
298. t the fax cover sheet and documents are just sent to the recipient s fax number The fax operation has a built in retry logic If the fax number is busy or rings 10 times without being answered the system tries to resend the fax 3 minutes later If that attempt fails it will try again 5 minutes later and if that attempt fails it will try 10 minutes later If the number is busy or rings 10 times for all three attempts the fax is considered to have failed The sender can use Correct to edit the fax number and resend the envelope or just resend the envelope If the system gets a voice answer during any fax attempt the fax is considered to have failed The sender can use Correct to edit the fax number and resend the envelope or just resend the envelope Fax Out for Signature Restrictions and Notes The following restrictions and notes apply to the Fax Out for Signature feature e The recipient of the fax must be the only recipient in the particular routing order This prevents potential problems with the workflow e Signer Authentication Access Code ID Check Phone authentication Social ID Live ID authentication cannot be used for the fax recipient e Document Visibility cannot be enabled for envelopes sent with the Fax Out for Signature feature e Tags assigned to the fax recipient are ignored e Recipients with an Action of Manage envelope Address recipients or Manage envelopes that are in a routing order before a fax recipient ca
299. t an Access Code is used for this recipient role select Access Code Required e SMS Authentication The SMS Authentication option asks the recipient to select a mobile phone number that a one time passcode text message can be sent to for authentication DocuSign sends the passcode to the phone number and the recipient must enter the passcode to open the envelope 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide ldentify Email lD Email SMS Auth SMS Authentication O Home 111 222 3333 E Home 222 333 4444 E Work 333 444 5555 E US Canada To enable SMS Authentication select the Identity Check checkbox and then select SMS Auth from the list The SMS Authentication information for the recipient appears Note The number used for SMS Authentication must be able to accept an SMS text message o Select phone numbers that the recipient can choose from for use during the authentication phone call The phone numbers listed here are associated with the Address Book entry for the recipient If the recipient does not have any phone numbers in the Address Book or is not in your Address Book no numbers are shown o You can also select to add a phone number for the recipient Select the Country for the phone number type the phone number and if the number has an extension type the extension number e Ph
300. t associated with the tag e Label A unique identifier for the tag This is only seen by the sender and in the Form Data for the envelope Location Sign Here e From left and From top These fields show the position of the tag on the document and can be used to manually set the position e Anchor Anchors the tag to the specified word s in the envelope See Using Anchor Text for more information on using the anchor feature Formatting Properties e Scale Sets the size of the tag The size can also be set by clicking and dragging the slider bar on the left side of the tag Conditional Fields See Using Conditional Fields for more Information about conditional fields e Parent Tab Selects the Parent Tab for the Conditional Field e Parent Value Sets the value used to activate this field 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Initial Tag Place this tag where the recipient must initial the document The following properties can be edited for this tag Basic Properties e Recipient This shows the recipient associated with the tag If there are multiple recipients in the envelope you can use this list to select the recipient associated with the tag e Label A unique identifier for the tag This is only seen by the sender and in the Form Data for the envelope Location e From left and From top
301. t document Recipients that have an administrative role recipients with an Action of Manage envelopes Address recipients Manage recipients Receive a copy or Acknowledge receipt can always see all the documents in an envelope unless they are excluded when an envelope is sent Documents that do not have tags are always visible to all recipients unless they are excluded when an envelope is sent Note The Document Visibility feature is only supported in DocuSign Business Business Premium Enterprise System Automated SA DocuSign for REALTORS and DocuSign for Real Estate plans Your current account might not support this feature To access this feature contact your Account Manager or DocuSign Support Support docusign com for assistance How Document Visibility Works Document Visibility allows the sender to create an envelope with multiple documents and limit the documents recipients can see This way the sender only has to send one envelope with all the documents rather than sending multiple envelopes with only a few documents For example a sender needs to send three documents for signing One document needs to be signed by both signers while the other two just need to be signed by each of the signers Instead of sending three envelopes each with one document the sender can send all of the documents in one Smart Envelope The following figure provides an illustration of a simple Smart Envelope usage In this example Signer 1 n
302. t signer will see Document 1 and 2 but not Document 3 Document 4 does not have any tags so the visibility can be adjusted for all recipients 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Click Done to close the Document Visibility grid and save any visibility changes 5 Complete the template normally Using Check Boxes and Radio Buttons When adding fields to a document there might be times when you want to let your recipient select options on the document and you might not be sure if you should use check boxes or radio buttons for the options This section provides information on when to use check boxes and radio buttons in a document It also provides procedures for adding check boxes and radio buttons including how to group radio buttons to a document When to use Check Boxes and Radio Buttons Use the following guidelines to help determine when to use check boxes or radio buttons in a document e Use check boxes in situations where a recipient can select one or more options from a list of options Check boxes can also be used in cases where you just need a simple way to have a recipient select a single option e Use radio buttons in situations where a recipient can only select one option from a list of options You can have both check boxes and radio buttons in the same document Check boxes can be placed individuall
303. ta option to download the information after the envelope is complete 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Table of Contents Classic DocuSign Experience Overvi W ssicccncasecesnssncexesaauietete de vsaneetyenentadctidoxnendyenceenmenvaneseenteummeancnens 9 Launching the DOCUSIGQN Service ccccceececceeeeceeeeceeeeceueeeseeeeceeeesseeesseeeseueesseesseeeeseneesseeessaeeess 9 The Classic DocuSign Experience Components csccccseececeeeeceeeeceeeeseeeeseueessueeeseeeseeeesseeesees 9 Manage Tab Navigation Panel Information cccccccseccseeccneecsusecaueesuecsanessusessuesseessueesaeesaeeten 11 9 2 5 g 6 0 S e eee E E E ENE 13 PODON ere a E E E E E E 13 RUNNING REDONS ereer er EE EE ER E ERA 23 CU TOMAN RODOS aE E EEE E EEEE E 24 Scheduling MEDON O prispenia inina aRar n ERE EAE EEEE EEEE E EEEE EE ER 26 Viewing and Editing Scheduled Report INfOrMAtion 1cccccecccsececcseccssncessesesseessaesesseessaeseeas 27 Viewing Report Information cccccceecceecceeecuecceecesauecsuensuesauensuessuessuessnsssessessessuessuesseesanesaaes 28 UO OCC ANUS epe iE EE E A i E EE EIS ii EEE EE 29 LOJON ee E E ere nee eee eee eee 29 Sending Documents for Electronic Signing with DOCUSIQN ccccssececeeeeseeeeseeeeseeeessaeeeseeeeseeeeeas 30 Guided Signing and Fres Form SIGNING iessscessence
304. tag for more information about the custom tag fields When you have made all of the changes click Save to save the modified custom tag and return to the list of custom tags 3 To delete custom tags select the check box adjacent to the tags you want to delete and click Delete at the bottom of the list Note If you are not a customer administrator you can only delete your custom tags A customer administrator can delete shared custom tags The custom tags are removed from the list 4 When you are finished editing or deleting custom tags click Done You are returned to the Manage tab 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Advanced Sending Options This section describes the advanced sending options for DocuSign The options available depend on your account plan and if the options are enabled for your account Using the Payment Processing Feature The Payment Processing feature allows you to integrate your DocuSign account with your PayPal account to collect payments from signers while they are signing an envelope You must have a PayPal account to use this feature and you will need to enter some of your PayPal account information in the Classic DocuSign Experience Preferences Note The Payment Processing feature is only supported in DocuSign Business Business Premium Enterprise System Automated SA DocuSig
305. tag is a payment amount Multiple tags can be designated as payment amounts in the envelope and they can be assigned to the same or different recipients When the recipient opens the envelope and completes all required tags including signature and initial tags they are prompted to pay The signer clicks Pay Now to open the Payment dialog which shows the total amount due and provides the payment methods Ifa recipient has multiple Payment Processing tags all of the amounts in the field are added together for the total amount due After the signer completes the payment process they are returned to the envelope to Confirm Signing and complete the envelope When a signer completes the payment process the PayPal payment status is set to pending If the envelope is declined by a subsequent signer or voided the PayPal payment status is changed to 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Canceled When an envelope is completed all signers have signed the PayPal payment status Is changed to Completed The sender can capture or void PayPal information before envelope completion If this happens an email message is sent to the sender and signer The DocuSign Envelope ID is included for reference in the PayPal transaction comments section for both the Sender and Signer Enabling Payment Processing in an Envelope Payment processing
306. tags You usually need to select one or more tags to use the tag buttons on the toolbar You can select a single tag by clicking on the tag You can select multiple tags by holding the Ctrl key while clicking on the tags _ Toselect a specific group of tags place your cursor crosshair near the tags and then click and drag the cursor over the tags you want to select You only have to include a portion of a tag to select it Selected tags have a blue border to show they are selected Each of the buttons on the toolbar are described below Edit Settings Opens the Envelope Settings section allowing you to edit recipient options reminders and expirations and sender settings Match Templates The system checks to see if the document matches a template in your system If a match is found you have the option of applying a template Remove Page Removes the current page from the envelope Rotate Page left 90 Rotates the current page left 90 Rotate Page right 90 Rotates the current page right 90 Identify Recipient Tags Clicking this button shows the recipient associated with each tag in the envelope Edit Tag Properties Opens the Properties dialog box for the selected tag Select All Tags Selects all the tags on all the documents in the envelope Select All Tags on Current Page Selects all the tags on this page Copy Selected Tags Copies the currently selected tags 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94
307. tal signature by applying a supported digital certificate once an envelope is complete you can view the completed envelope documents and check the validity of the digital signature DocuSign currently supports digital certificates from the following Root Certificate Authorities e DocuSign Inc e SAFE BioPharma through Verizon Universal Identity Services e OpentTrust Note The ability to request digital certificates is only supported in DocuSign Business Business Premium Enterprise and System Automated SA plans Your account may not support this option To access this functionality contact your Account Manager or DocuSign Support Support docusign com for assistance Digital Certificate and Signature Information Digital signatures use cryptography to prove the identity of a signer and integrity of a document This cryptography uses Public Key Infrastructure PKI technology to issue certificates based on X 509 standards A trusted third party known as a Certificate Authority CA performs identity proofing and issues certificates to represent the digital identity of a signer When the signer uses a certificate to digitally sign a document other people Known as relying parties can trust the digital signature because they trust the CA has done their part to ensure the signer matches their digital identity DocuSign currently supports certificates from the following CAs e DocuSign Express e SAFE BioPharma Digital Certificate
308. template normally Note If Document Visibility is enabled all Signers must have a tag assigned Free Form signing is not allowed 4 If Document Visibility is enabled for the template click the View Modify Document Visibility link at the bottom center of the web application to adjust recipient document visibility View Modify Document Visibility The Document Visibility grid shows the documents in the template across the top of the grid and the recipient roles on the left side of the grid The row for each recipient role shows if the document is visible to the role or hidden from the role If the listed visibility Visible or Hidden has a block around it the visibility status can be changed by clicking on the status Note If a Signer has a tag on a document that document is always visible for that Signer and the document visibility is locked and cannot be changed If there are tags on a document and none of the tags are associated with a Signer that document is hidden for that Signer and the document visibility is locked and cannot be changed Recipient Roles Locked Visibility Adjustable Visibility Document Vis bility xX A Hidden Visible Document 1 Document Visible Hidden Visible Visible Visible Visible Visible Receive a copy Visible Visible Acknowledge receipt Done Example in the figure above the first signer has tags on Document 1 and 2 but not on Document 3 So when signing tha
309. tered search criteria appears e The default view shows 20 envelopes per page in the report You can display 20 50 or 100 envelopes per page by selecting the appropriate option e You can sort the data in the envelope report by clicking on the column heading for the column you want to sort e Optionally select Apply DocuSign Connect settings to apply Connect settings to the output e Optionally select Publish XML for all or some envelopes to add XML information for other applications e You can save or view the information as a comma separated value CSV or XML file by clicking Save data as CSV file or Publish XML e You can print the report using your browser s print feature 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Docu Sagn The Global Standard for eSignature 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc
310. tes cccccccecccsececeeeeeeeeseeesaeeeseeeeeeeeseueesaeesseeeseeesaeeeseees 195 DOWMOGOING Template FCS sssssiniiusvscotsuniidets usussoisunie dads nE E EEEE EEEE ii 195 Uploading Template Fiules ccccccccsccccsecccseccsusensuecauscnuessusensuesssessusessuesauessusessussseeessusenessas 196 Jong I CIO ee eeann N I E T AE 196 Recipients and TOU MIG acacavsssanetanam iratenentnavannhinemuinnn ERT ER E EN 198 ACINO MOSSOS e E EAE A EEE E EE E E E EAE ete 199 01210 012121111010 CEER 200 Reviewing Tag FlacoMeNlsisiisrirrrni rn E E E EEEE E T E ETE 201 PrevieWiIng ANA Sending AN ENVElONE ssurriisriartiriinririr trni areri rniii AA EE 201 Template Matching and Intelligent Document RECOQNITION ccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeneeenes 201 Setting Intelligent Document Recognition REGIONS 1 1sccccseeecseeccsneeccsnscsseessaesesssessnsessneses 201 Automatic Template Matching SettinGS ccccccccccsseecseeceeeeseeeseeeseeeseeeeseeeeseeeseueeseeeseueeseeeseess 202 Uoer ACCOUNT FRCL Cl OUIC SS resina en E EE 204 Member POMC Se CHON a anccentpcrccencuasaceteagecuearnessendaapecuecdeatacscastuaaqacesepsenassecenarseagecuserapeseneeanecueares 204 NaO FAV AAO Sassen ses ate rests esc AIEE E A EEE E AEE 205 UPTO 0 2 0 219 aere eee ene ee ee ee een ee eee AA E ee 205 Your DOCU SIGN TOC AIO sarees eee ce cesseepepanneeneneaceenesanneeednesaacwasaencadeseesaqweedecasseeboesseeentmesseeeeeuenernds 209 Electone Notary PUDIC A
311. tes adding information to all the required tags in the envelope the Confirm Signing indicator and message box appears All required fields complete 1 You will have an opportunity to save your copy on the next screen Click Confirm Signing when you are ready The Signer can stay and review the document and make any changes to the information and to optional information tags 6 After the Signer completes reviewing the document click Confirm Signing The Signer is asked to pass control back to the Notary Public The Notary clicks Continue Pass Control To complete the electronic signing process please pass control back to the Notary Public Back 7 The Notary logs on to their DocuSign account to enter verification information and add other information to complete the signing process Witness a Signature g Notary Ozie H Stallworth Notary Public docusign_notary docusign com Fa signer Dean Smith dsmith s1 qmail cam To continue the notarial act please confirm your DocuSign account credentials Email docusign_notarn docusign com Password Forgot your password Cancel notarial act The Notary types their password and clicks Continue 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 176 8 The Notary uses the drop down list to select their jurisdiction selects the form of ID used to verify
312. th Bozick elisabeth bozick yahoo com Close Review the information in the list If it is correct click Close and continue creating the template 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 122 If the information in the list is not correct click Close correct the file return to the template and click Edit Bulk Recipient Select the corrected bulk recipient CSV file 5 Ifyou want to add a recipient or recipient role after the bulk recipient file recipients add it normally 6 Add the Email Subject Email messages and select any Envelope Settings normally Click Next to add tags 7 On the Add Tags page select Bulk Recipient in the Roles line or Tag for list and then click and drag a tag from the palette and drop it on the document Home Manage Send Dashboards Bulk Recipient To Please DocuSign this document NewAccount pdf Message Tag for Bulk Recipient Custom New Account Agreement Signature A ORE TD To complete your application for a new account please provide the following informa Optional Signature T hoto Ih Open the tag properties and modify the tag information as needed 8 After adding all the needed tags you can Preview and Save the template normally Sending from a Template with Bulk Recipients The process for creating a template with bulk recipients is similar to the
313. that appear after the recipient in workflow order The reviewer must fill out the missing information for the remaining recipients before sending the envelope e Optionally select Authentication Options Phone Authentication ID Check and Access Code for the reviewer 3 After selecting the Action for the reviewer the Place Holder Recipient field appears under the normal Recipient fields Recipients and Routing Recipient Email ES Add Me Recipient Name Add Signer Add CC Add Place Holder Recipients for Kevin Smith Role Place Holder field Add Rote Done 1 Type the Place Holder Recipient role name The role name can be as generic or specific as needed and is used as a placeholder for the Email and Name information for a recipient Click Add Role The placeholder recipient is added to the recipient list lf needed change the Order for the placeholder recipient The recipient order must be the same as or after the reviewer 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 4 Optionally if you know the recipient s email address and name you can add it but the email information is not required signer 1 2 Email JJohnson home com EE John Johnson W Email locked W Name locked If you enter a recipients name or email address and the lock name and email option is enabled for your account you can select the E
314. the Signer s identity and adds any notes about the signing session This information in entered in the DocuSign Notary Journal Witness a Signature Notary Ozie H Stallworth Notary Public docusign_notary docusign com P Signer Dean Smith dsmith s1 gmail com Enter the type of ID used by the signer to confirm his or her identity as well as any additional information about the signing session Jurisdiction North Carolina v Type of ID Journal Notes 250 characters remaining Witnesses Add witness Cancel notarial act If a Credible Witness is used for the notary process the Notary clicks Add witness The Notary adds the Name and Address information for the witness and then has the witness draw their signature in the Signature field Credible witness requirements vary between states the Notary is responsible for ensuring that the applicable requirements are followed Note The browser used for signing must be HIML5 compatible to allow the witness to sign Signature Name Address The Notary clicks Continue Notarial Act to add their Notary Seal and optionally add additional notary information or certificates 9 The Notary uses the Notary Tag palette to click and place tags onto the documents After adding a tag the palette contracts to allow the Notary to work with a tag The Notary clicks to expand the palette to add additional tags 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel
315. the documents Adding Tags On the Add Tags page you will add signature initial and other information tags to help your signers Know precisely what actions you want them to take where in the document you want them to sign initial or add information and in what order 1 On the Add Tags page select recipient role in the Roles line or Tag for list and then click and drag a tag from the palette and drop it on the document See the DocuSign Tag Information section for more information about tags and tag properties Use the Tagging Toolbar to edit your envelope settings documents and tags The Tagging Toolbar is on the upper portion of the page below the message field See Working with the Tagging Toolbar for more information about the toolbar 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide 195 Note When adding tags you can open the properties for the tag and select Required or Locked to require or lock the tags Locked tags cannot be removed when a sender opens the template You can move to different pages in the document by scrolling through the document or by clicking on the appropriate page in the Page Guide shown on the right side of the web application Note If Document Visibility is enabled for your account you can set the visibility options for the template See Using Document Visibility in a Template for more informa
316. this user during the report period Last Envelope Sent The date and time the user last sent an envelope Sender User ID The DocuSign ID for the user e Group Activity Report This report provides activity information for groups in your account for the selected groups and timeframe The report shows the number of users in each group the number of envelopes sent the number of envelopes completed the number of templates created and the last envelope activity for a member of the group 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide The available information columns for the Group Activity Report are shown below Columns marked with an asterisk are default report settings Columns can be added or removed from the report by customizing the report Group Activity Report D Column Description Group The number of users in the group Envelopes Sent The total number of envelopes sent by users in the group during the report period Envelopes Completed The total number of envelopes sent by users in the group that were completed during the report period Templates Created The total number of templates created by users in this group during the report period The DocuSign group ID Last Envelope Sent The date and time any user in the group last sent an envelope e Account Activity Report This report provid
317. tion 2 Continue placing tags for this recipient until you have added all the needed tags 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 for each recipient role in the document Previewing and Saving the Template 1 Optionally you can preview how your recipient will see the tags by clicking Preview Select the recipient you want to preview tags for and use the arrowhead icons to advance or move back Alternately you can click Auto Advance to automatically cycle through the tags Click Exit Preview to return to the Add Tags page 2 When you have added all the needed tags and are done previewing the envelope click Save The template is saved and you are returned to the Classic DocuSign Experience Manage tab Editing a Template Editing a template is similar to creating a template 1 With the Manage navigation tab selected in the Templates section of the navigation panel click the My Templates folder Find and select the template you want to edit 3 Click Actions and then select Open The template is opened for editing 4 Follow the steps for creating a template changing or adding information as needed 5 When you have made all the needed changes click Save to save the modified template Downloading and Uploading Templates In addition to creating and editing templates you can download and upload template files to your DocuSign account Templates are saved as xml files Downloading Template Files Use the following procedure to download templ
318. tion from recipient s past based on data available in public records such as where they have lived The recipient will initially be prompted to enter some personal information Security Requests from Sender Steve Anderson GenWvatt Inc ID Check Personal Information From Enter your home address This information along with your name will be used to generate a list of questions to verify your identity Required Information Home Address Optional Information Street 1 Zip You must enter required and valid information before you can continue Cancel Next After entering the information and clicking Next the recipient is presented with a set of questions based on publicly available information security Requests from Sender Steve Anderson GenWatt Inc From ID Check Identification Questions These questions are being generated as a means of an identity check requested by the document sender None of this information is provided to the document sender or to anyone except you In which of the following housing complexes or communities have you ever lived or owned property Oro Valley Estates Summit Ridge Silver Creek Worthington Fields Stonebri dge Country have never been associated with any of these communities With which of the following addresses have you ever been associated ALL correct answers must be selected C 14600 Paul Revere Ln E 2412 SW
319. tion select the Identity Check check box and then select ID Check from the list Identify Email D Email W ID Check Identity Check Any Social ID Phone authentication e Live ID or Social ID Identity Check This option requires your recipient to enter their Live ID or Social ID Salesforce LinkedIn Google etc credentials before they can view the envelope To enable the Live ID or Social ID security option select the Identity Check check box and then select Live ID or Social ID from the list 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Identify Email lD Email E 1D Check BA Identity Check Any Social ID ID Check Phone authenti k tion 4 Set Sender actions Optionally you can set the actions the template sender cannot take with the recipient role Sender cannot E Edit recipient Delete recipient e Edit recipient This option locks the recipient information preventing the template sender from changing the information for this recipient role e Delete recipient This option requires this recipient role to be part of any envelope sent with this template preventing the template sender from deleting this recipient role 5 Repeat steps 1 through 4 to add additional recipient roles e If you have multiple recipients you can change the routing order in whic
320. to the specified word s in the envelope See Using Anchor Text for more information on using the anchor feature Formatting Properties e Text Style These options are used to set the font type size and color for the text in this tag This allows you to match the text formatting in your documents Conditional Fields See Using Conditional Fields for more Information about conditional fields e Parent Tab Selects the Parent Tab for the Conditional Field e Parent Value Sets the value used to activate this field 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Last Name Tag Place this tag on the document where you want the recipient s last name to appear This tag takes the recipient s name as entered in the recipient information splits it into parts based on spaces and uses the last part as the last name The following properties can be edited for this tag Basic Properties e Recipient This shows the recipient associated with the tag If there are multiple recipients in the envelope you can use this list to select the recipient associated with the tag e Label A unique identifier for the tag This is only seen by the sender and in the Form Data for the envelope Location e From left and From top These fields show the position of the tag on the document and can be used to manually set the position e Anc
321. today s busy business environment there are many times when your customers will be visiting your office or you will be visiting them and you want to get their signature during that visit For a normal DocuSign envelope you meet with your customer after the meeting you create and send the envelope to your customer and then they would sign the documents when they have access to their email 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Meeting send Envelope Customer Signs With In Person Signing the whole transaction can be completed face to face You can create an In Person envelope during your meeting assign yourself as the signing host start the session and guide your customer through the signing process completing the whole process during the meeting After signing the envelope documents can be saved emailed to your customer and printed as needed Creating and Sending an Envelope for In Person Signing The process for setting up in person signing is similar to the standard procedure for sending documents for electronic signatures The steps that are different from the normal process are shown in this procedure Note Document Markup and Field Markup cannot be used with In Person Signing 1 Create a new envelope and add documents to the envelope normally 2 Inthe Recipients and Routing section add the signing host and
322. tomatic recognition and application of templates Managing your Address Book This procedure explains how to view and manage your address book entries 1 Inthe navigation bar on the left side of the page under the Member Options heading click Address Book The address book opens showing your personal contacts 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Addresses Personal Contacts E Show Details Find El David Jones david jones _ds yahoo com Elisabeth Bozick elisabeth bozick yahoo com John Johnson JJohns home com Kevin Smith Kevinsmith_DS yahoo com Laura Rankin laurarankin hotmail com Michael Strickland michael stricklandi docusign com Steve Anderson steve anderson_ds yahoo com Tom Test ttest_ds yahoo com rev 1 19 of 19 next 20 50 100 Items share Unshare Remove Edit Selecting the Show Details option displays the Account if any associated with the contact and whether the contact is a shared contact Adding a new contact To add a new contact click Add New The Edit address book item window appears Type the contact information and click Save to add the new contact When adding contact telephone numbers select the type of phone Home Work Mobile Other select the Country Code for the phone number type the phone number and if the number has an extension type the extensio
323. tronic notary and adds the contact information for an electronic Notary to the envelope The envelope can be sent with tags or for free form signing but cannot use the Sign On Paper Document Markup Field Markup and Change Signer options An email notification is sent to the signer informing them of the request to sign with a notary and to the notary with a request to contact the signer to set up the signing session Signers can review documents by clicking the link in the email but cannot initiate the signing process To complete documents the authorized electronic Notary and Signer meet to conduct a signing session that is similar to the existing DocuSign in person signing session The Notary initiates the signing process from the email or from the Notary s DocuSign account The Notary authenticates the Signer just as they would do normally Then the Signer signs the documents and the Notary applies an electronic notary seal using DocuSign Information about the signing process is added to the Notary s DocuSign Notary Journal The whole process remains secure see the Electronic Notary Public Information section for information about adding and editing electronic notary credentials and the Notary Journal See the Hosting an Electronic Notary Signing Session section for more information about what the electronic Notary and Signer see and the actions they can take Restrictions for using Electronic Notary The following restrictions apply to
324. tures OTHER ACTIONS Select I agree and then click CONTINUE to review and sign the documents The signer can review the disclosure and select the check box for agreeing to use Electronic Records and Signatures and then click CONTINUE to hide the welcome begin reviewing and signing the documents Important The signer must agree to use electronic records and signatures in order to view and sign the documents Optionally the signer can use the OTHER ACTIONS menu at the right of the browser to select a different option for the documents such as finishing later or declining to sign The available options depend on sender settings see the Other Actions section for more information about these options Previous Signing Experience The welcome page provides information about the sender and documents in your envelope and has access to the sender s electronic record and signature consent disclosure which covers conducting business electronically with the sender The signer will review the disclosure and select the checkbox for consenting to use Electronic Records and Signatures and then clicks Review Documents to continue Important The signer must consent to use electronic records and signatures in order to view and sign the documents 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Request for Signature i From
325. u can change the routing order in which the recipients receive the envelope and perform signing and other activities To set routing order type the Order in which your recipients receive and sign the document e Alternately if you have already set the order for some recipients you can click on the grip icon associated with the recipient and drag them to the new order The Order number for the recipient is automatically updated e You can remove a recipient by clicking the remove icon associated with that recipient e You can see a graphical representation of the routing order for your recipients by clicking the Order Diagram link Order Diagram 4 Send Steve Andersa 4 Kevin Smith e el 2 Kathy Jones Dave Dollar _____ W Complete 5 After all recipients are added go to the Email Subject section Adding Messages In the Email Message section you can customize the email subject and optionally the messages for recipients This information is usually already entered by the template creator but you can modify this information as needed Email Message Subject to All Recipients Please DocuSign this document New Account Email Message to All Recipients Characters Used 0 2000 Customize email language for each recipient Add a Note to Kevin smith Add 1 Optionally Type an Email Subject for the envelope and an Email Message for all recipients The subject is limited to 100 characters and the message is limited
326. uSign Experience User Guide 69 The other fields that are active in the window depend on the Type selected These fields have the same properties as standard tags General information about these fields follows but If the tag Type selected is Drop Down List add the Items for the list These are the items shown to a recipient in the drop down list The items must be separated by semi colons This field is limited to 2000 characters including the semi colon separators You can type an Initial Value for the tag The recipient can change this information unless the Locked option is selected Text Styles These options are used to set the Font Font Size Font Style and Font Color for the text in this tag This allows you to match the text formatting in your documents lf the Conceal entered value as characters option is active you can choose to conceal hide the information a recipient types into the tag The information appears normally while the recipient is adding or modifying the information but the data is not visible to any other signer or the sender See Collecting Envelope Form Data for information on how to view and download the concealed tag data The figure below shows how a concealed tag appears after information is entered into the tag Credit Card Number If the Regex Pattern field is active you can use Regular Expressions syntax to format a custom text mask The custom mask checks the information a recipient types
327. ual reports of your activity within the account See Dashboards for more information about this tab e Reports This tab provide access to the DocuSign standard reports It is only shown for accounts with DocuSign Professional Business Business Premium Enterprise DocuSign for Salesforce DocuSign for REALTORS and DocuSign for Real Estate plans See Reports for information about using this tab Navigation Panel The navigation panel is shown on the left side of the web application when the Manage and Dashboards tabs are selected The navigation panel is used to select different information for display The selected information is shown in the Results Panel Results Panel The results panel is the main working area This is the area where information is shown and where you work with envelopes templates and other items Detail Panel When an envelope or template is selected in the Results Panel information about that envelope or template is shown in the Detail Panel The information shown depends on the selected Detail Panel tab The Detail Panel tabs are e Summary For envelopes this tab shows when the envelope was sent or created and provides a quick view of the envelope progress by showing the status of envelope recipients For templates this tab shows a list of recipients and when the template was created e Document This tab provides a view of the documents in the selected envelope or template If the envelope is completed this view
328. ultiple recipients in the envelope you can use this list to select the recipient associated with the tag e Label A unique identifier for the tag This is only seen by the sender and in the Form Data for the envelope e Tool Tip The text a recipient sees when they position their cursor over the tag when signing a document You can specify a tool tip for the tag to provide help for your recipient Location e From left and From top These fields show the position of the tag on the document and can be used to manually set the position e Anchor Anchors the tag to the specified word s in the envelope See Using Anchor Text for more information on using the anchor feature Formatting Properties e Characters per line and Lines This sets the maximum number of characters for the tag You can also adjust the length of the tag by clicking and dragging the arrow icon to the right of the tag e Text Style These options are used to set the font type size and color for the text in this tag This allows you to match the text formatting in your documents e Required You can choose to make the tag required or optional for the recipient The default is required e Locked If you provide information for a tag you can choose to lock the tag so that the information cannot be changed or make it editable by the recipient The default is editable not locked Conditional Fields See Using Conditional Fields for more Informat
329. ument Visibility in an Envelope The process for using Document Visibility is similar to the normal process for creating and sending an envelope The changes to the normal process are described in the following procedure 1 Create a new envelope Add documents recipients Email Subject and Email messages normally 2 Optionally in the Envelope Settings section select Must be a signer to view signed documents to enable Document Visibility for the envelope Note This action is only available if one of the Sender Can Set Document Visibility options is selected for your account If Document Visibility is enabled for your account but one of those options is not selected Document Visibility is automatically used for any envelopes you send Envelope Settings Recipient Information IM Allow reci plent s to Sign on paper Allow recipient s to edit the document s Alloy arinientisi to change gung res T Oe F Fd Enable Document Visibility 3 Click Next to go to the Add Tags page Add DocuSign tags to the envelope normally Note If Document Visibility is enabled all Signers must have a tag assigned Free Form signing is not allowed 4 If Document Visibility is enabled for the envelope click the View Modify Document Visibility link at the bottom center of the web application to adjust recipient document visibility View Modify Document Visibility The Document Visibility grid shows the docum
330. ustomize a report click Edit adjacent to the report name to go to the Customize page After selecting and entering the parameters and appearance options click Run Report to view the report or Save to My Reports to save the report in My Reports If you are editing a saved report you can make changes and save them by clicking Update this Report with these changes Additionally you can delete the report by clicking Remove from My Reports The information that can be changed for a report is described below Report Title This parameter sets the title shown for the report The default setting is the standard report name If you are saving the report the Report Title cannot be the same as any other title The title can be up to 128 characters long and cannot contain the special characters 7 lt gt and Description This provides a short description of the report The description can be 140 characters long Parameter Options The parameters available vary depending on the report type Each parameter is described below CUSTOMIZE THIS REPORT Report Title Envelope Report All envelopes sent or received by me Description PARAMETERS Date Type Sent Date Completed Date Date Range Month To Date w Envelope Status sent Subject Contains Recipient Contains Sent By E Any A Specific Users i Specific Groups Dates Available for the Envelope Report Envelope Recipient Report Envelope Status Report Envelope Velocity
331. ve the termination of this __ Markup Agreement and Receiving Party s duty to hold Confidential Information in confidence sha din in effect until D ee Information no tong erg iualifies asa aes oe secre Teil Disc Er Party from tiis Agreement whichever occurs ca x ie is _ t This period should not be ee har a 5 Relationships Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute either party a e Use your cursor to resize the markup box as needed e To add new text click the cursor inside the markup box and type your message 3 To edit a markup box click the cursor inside the markup box and type the changes To remove a markup box from the document click on the markup box and drag it off the document After adding any changes with the Markup tool initial all the changes 6 Complete signing the document normally Reviewing a Document with Document Markup Changes lf another recipient makes changes to a document you have signed by adding or changing a markup box an email message is sent to you saying that there are suggested changes to the document and who made the changes When you open the document an initial tag is added in the document s right hand margin of the document on the same line where any changes are located Note If you had added or changed a markup box and that box was modified by another signer your initials from your previous change are removed from the docum
332. velope Report Dates 1 1 2013 to 11 20 2013 Year To Date Subject Please DocuSign this document Please DocuSign this document Express ID Please DocuSign this document NDA 2_pdf Please DocuSign this document NDA 2_pdf Please DocuSign this non disclosure agreement Please DocuSign this document NDA 2_pdf Please DocuSign Notary this document Sign Documents with a Notary Digital Certificate Test Notarized Documents Notarized Documents POWERED By Docu Sign Status Delivered Delivered Completed Delivered Delivered Completed Sent Completed Voided Delivered Completed Completed Sender Steve Anderson Steve Anderson Steve Anderson Steve Anderson Steve Anderson Steve Anderson Steve Anderson Steve Anderson Steve Anderson Steve Anderson Steve Anderson Steve Anderson Recipient Kevin Smith Kevin Smith Dave Schueler Steve Anderson Kevin Smith Kevin Smith Multiple Multiple Multiple Kevin Smith Multiple Multiple SentOn Y 11 13 2013 3 52 26 PM PT 11 13 2013 3 36 24 PM PT 11 13 2013 3 28 47 PM PT 11 11 2013 3 18 48 PM PT 11 7 2013 2 04 25 PM PT 9 26 2013 10 50 59 AM PT 8 16 2013 8 51 16 AM PT 8 12 2013 8 08 01 AM PT 8 11 2013 5 28 54 PM PT 8 7 2013 2 08 41 PM PT 8 7 2013 10 39 02 AM PT 8 6 2013 5 22 37 PM PT Last Activity 11 13 2013 3 53 01 PM PT 11 13 2013 3 40 44 PM PT 11 13 2013 3 34 25 PM PT 11 11 2
333. velope to Complete Payment Payment Amount due 10 00 To confirm your payment and submit your completed document with all supplied data and signatures please press the Complete Payment button You will have an opportunity to save your copy on the next screen Cancel Payment After the signer clicks Complete Payment the envelope is closed and a message window stating the signer has completed the documents is displayed The signer is given the option of downloading a PDF copy of the documents or printing a copy of the documents 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Using the Calculated Fields Feature Using DocuSign Calculated Fields you can add tags to your envelopes with formulas that reference other tags and calculate and display the values as recipients make changes Note The Calculated Fields feature is only supported in DocuSign Business Business Premium Enterprise System Automated SA DocuSign for REALTORS and DocuSign for Real Estate plans Your account may not support this option To access this functionality contact your Account Manager or DocuSign Support Support docusign com for assistance Formula Tag Information and Building Your Formula The Calculated Fields feature adds the Formula tag to the tag palette The Formula tag contains the Formula field where the sender can build a ca
334. x dialog box appears Click PRINT COVER PAGE SEND ATTACHMENT BY FAX Your documents were successfully submitted Please print the cover sheet and fax the 1 attachment s to complete your envelope A new browser window opens with a fax cover page Print the fax cover page IMPORTANT When faxing documents you only need one fax cover page for all the requested documents After the fax cover page is printed click DONE in the Send Attachment by Fax dialog box to finish the signing process Note if you change your mind and want to upload the documents you can return to the document using the link in the email that was sent to you and after the document is opened click the fax icon to cancel the fax process and then follow the instructions for uploading your documents 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Follow the instructions on the printed fax cover page to fax the documents to DocuSign When faxing your documents the DocuSign fax cover page must be the first page that is sent The fax cover page has information that links the requested documents to the envelope and the documents might be lost if the cover page is not the first page When DocuSign receives the fax your documents are matched with the sender s original request to complete the process Previous Signing Experience The Signer Attachment featur
335. xpire envelope in 120 day s Warn signer of envelope expiration 0 day s before it will expire Sender Settings i E Stamp documents with envelope ID 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Branding Setting lf your account has Branding enabled and you have access to multiple brand profiles you can select the account brand that is seen by your recipient during viewing and signing Note If you are sending from a template and the person that created the template locked the template brand when creating the template the brand profile cannot be changed Recipient Information Settings The following options might be available for your account e Allow recipient s to sign on paper Select this option to allow signers to print and sign the document on paper instead of electronically See Allowing Your Recipients to Sign On Paper for more information about this e Allow recipient s to edit the document s Select this option to enable the Document Markup feature which allows recipients to access the markup tool The markup tool is used to cover up old text cover text and add new text or to add new text Recipients that signed a document before the markup tool changes are made are given a new opportunity to review and approve the changes before any document is finalized See Using the Document Markup Feature for more inf
336. y or in groups while radio buttons should only be placed in groups Note Depending on how your document is laid out you might want to use a Drop Down tag instead of a group of radio buttons See the DocuSign Tag Information section for more information about Drop Down tags and other tags Example Check Box and Radio Button usage In the following document the recipient should only check one box in section C while they can check all boxes that apply in section D eect Seller Raso feports Gr recofds pertains 0 lead baree paint andora based pe C BUYER S oir check one box only Sr Buyer waves ie Opportumty tO Conduct a risk assessment or inspection of the Property fo lead Hien paint or lead based paint hazards L 2 within ten days after the effective date of this contract Buyer may have the Property inspected ed selected by Buyer If lead based paint or lead based paint hazards are present Buyer meg contract by giving e written notice within 14 days after the effective date of this contra Select only one Select all D BUYER S ACKNOWLEDGMENT Nek applicable boxes that apply Q2 pas fendi the pamphlet Protect Your Family from Lead in Your Home E BROKERS ACKNOWLEDGMENT Brokers have informed Seller of Seller s obligations under 42 U S C 4852d to ofa prover wer wither federalleer ved pap on leader aing prewe Db com this When using the form in DocuSign e For section C add a group of two radi
337. y the oerson that voided the envelope Time Envelope Sent The date and time the envelope was sent to this recipient This can be different than the Sent On date and time depending on the recipient s routing order IP Address 221 Main Street Suite 1000 San Francisco CA 94105 Tel 866 219 4318 www docusign com DocuSign Inc Classic DocuSign Experience User Guide Recipient Country The recipient s country Email The recipients email address Recipient ID The DocuSign ID for the recipient Recipient Template Role Name The template role name associated with the recipient Ifa template was not used this will be blank Recipient Title The recipient s title Recipient Type The recipient s action type The information shown in the column is slightly different than the information shown in the DocuSign web application when sending The Column Display is Application Display is Agent Address recipients Carbon Copy Receive a copy Certified Delivery Acknowledge receipt Editor Manage envelope In Person Signer Sign in person Intermediary Manage recipients Signer Sign Signing Host Sign in person host Sender Account ID The sender s account ID Sender Email The sender s email address Sender IP Address The sender s IP address Sender User ID The DocuSign ID for the sender Signature Type This shows how the signer s signature was applied to the envelope If the recipient is not a Signer or In Person

Download Pdf Manuals

image

Related Search

Related Contents

De Dietrich DOD717X  PULSELITE STARLIGHT INSTALLATION MANUAL MODEL 2401  Projection Perimeter EPR-3600 Ezer  Samsung GT-E2220 Korisničko uputstvo  2012年11月版  ASSIST User Manual  154 beton universel  

Copyright © All rights reserved.
DMCA: DMCA_mwitty#outlook.com.